diff options
| author | Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net> | 2014-01-02 09:42:29 +0200 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net> | 2014-01-02 09:42:29 +0200 |
| commit | bf3bbd1a7030bcaf6d9826a8ea2b7ad453e6a6a9 (patch) | |
| tree | 62e7de93a1ac07af16f86830eda0eab044817bdb /docs/mcc-help | |
| parent | 139ee2c134984b4392de1dd5a45b3d3e3eb07e9e (diff) | |
| download | tools-bf3bbd1a7030bcaf6d9826a8ea2b7ad453e6a6a9.tar tools-bf3bbd1a7030bcaf6d9826a8ea2b7ad453e6a6a9.tar.gz tools-bf3bbd1a7030bcaf6d9826a8ea2b7ad453e6a6a9.tar.bz2 tools-bf3bbd1a7030bcaf6d9826a8ea2b7ad453e6a6a9.tar.xz tools-bf3bbd1a7030bcaf6d9826a8ea2b7ad453e6a6a9.zip | |
Updates from Transifex
Diffstat (limited to 'docs/mcc-help')
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/mcc-help/it.po | 8168 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/mcc-help/ro.po | 2573 |
2 files changed, 9518 insertions, 1223 deletions
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it.po b/docs/mcc-help/it.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6b60a41d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it.po @@ -0,0 +1,8168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package. +# +# Translators: +# killer1987 <marcello.anni@alice.it>, 2013 +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-24 17:14+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-24 15:28+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" +"Language-Team: Italian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/it/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: it\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11 +msgid "Access WebDAV shared drives and directories" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:14 +msgid "diskdrake --dav" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19 +msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " +"Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure " +"WebDAV shares</guilabel>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 +#: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29 +#: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17 +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:21 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introduzione" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:32 +msgid "" +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a " +"protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it " +"appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a " +"WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV " +"server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40 +msgid "Creating a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42 +msgid "" +"The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if " +"any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. " +"Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46 +msgid "" +"Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions. Continue " +"with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking " +"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the " +"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct" +" it, if needed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54 +msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58 +msgid "" +"The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount " +"point." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61 +msgid "" +"In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other " +"options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67 +msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71 +msgid "" +"The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the " +"access." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74 +msgid "" +"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button " +"<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and you new" +" mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you " +"are asked whether or not to save the modifications in " +"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the " +"remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for " +"one-time usage, do not save it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3 +msgid "Share your hard disk partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:6 +msgid "diskdrake --fileshare" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11 +msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 +msgid "" +"This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the " +"administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home " +"subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have " +"computers running either Linux or Windows operating system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20 +msgid "" +"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled" +" \"Share your hard disk partitions\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23 +msgid "" +"First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to " +"share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No " +"sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on " +"<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on " +"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for" +" the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their" +" directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " +"created by the system. You will be asked about this later." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32 +msgid "" +"Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you " +"choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. " +"Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on " +"the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both " +"Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any " +"required packages will be installed if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39 +msgid "" +"The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen. In " +"this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows " +"you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare " +"group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, " +"then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the " +"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information" +" about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50 +msgid "" +"When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and " +"reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55 +msgid "" +"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her" +" file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " +"have this facility." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1 +#: en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 +msgid "en" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:3 +msgid "Access NFS shared drives and directories" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:6 +msgid "diskdrake --nfs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11 +msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:17 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare " +"some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " +"protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix " +"systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. " +"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a" +" user with tools such as file browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38 +msgid "Procedure" +msgstr "Procedura" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:38 +msgid "" +"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers " +"which share directories." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41 +msgid "" +"Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the " +"shared directories and select the directory you want to access." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47 +msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51 +msgid "" +"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have" +" to specify where to mount the directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56 +msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png" +msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60 +msgid "" +"After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and " +"change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After " +"mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67 +msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png" +msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73 +msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png" +msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77 +msgid "" +"On accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will " +"displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". This" +" will make the directory available at each boot, if the network is " +"accessible. The new directory is then available in your file browser, for " +"example in dolphin." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85 +msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png" +msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3 +msgid "CD/DVD burner" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:5 +msgid "diskdrake --removable" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10 +msgid "diskdrake--removable.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14 +msgid "" +"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab " +"Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your " +"removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20 +msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22 +msgid "" +"At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and " +"the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. " +"Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28 +msgid "Mount point" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead> +#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39 +msgid "" +"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the" +" <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45 +msgid "user/nouser" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:47 +msgid "" +"user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this " +"option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is " +"the only one who can umount it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11 +msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14 +msgid "diskdrake --smb" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare " +"which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " +"protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) " +"systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared " +"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with" +" tools such as file browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of " +"available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40 +msgid "" +"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who" +" share directories." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43 +msgid "" +"Click on the server name and on > before the server name to display the " +"list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47 +msgid "" +"The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you " +"have to specify where to mount the directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52 +msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png" +msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:56 +msgid "" +"After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount " +"button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the " +"<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60 +msgid "" +"In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to " +"connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it " +"with the same button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66 +msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png" +msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72 +msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76 +msgid "" +"After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask " +"\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow " +"directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The " +"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in " +"dolphin." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84 +msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png" +msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drak3d.xml:3 +msgid "3D Desktop Effects" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drak3d.xml:5 +msgid "drak3d" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drak3d.xml:10 +msgid "drak3d.png" +msgstr "drak3d.png" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drak3d.xml:18 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drak3d.xml:17 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D " +"desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by " +"default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drak3d.xml:25 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drak3d.xml:27 +msgid "" +"To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the " +"package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can " +"start." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drak3d.xml:31 +msgid "" +"After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window. Here you " +"can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or " +"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a " +"composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special " +"effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn " +"it on." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drak3d.xml:38 +msgid "" +"If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of " +"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be" +" installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the " +"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drak3d.xml:45 +msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" +msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drak3d.xml:49 +msgid "" +"Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz " +"Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in " +"for the changes to take effect." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drak3d.xml:53 +msgid "" +"After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz " +"Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager) tool." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drak3d.xml:59 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/drak3d.xml:62 +msgid "Can't See Desktop after Logging in" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/drak3d.xml:64 +msgid "" +"If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop " +"but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in " +"screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drak3d.xml:71 +msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" +msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/drak3d.xml:75 +msgid "" +"When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be " +"prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login " +"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the" +" log in problem." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakauth.xml:9 +msgid "Authentication" +msgstr "Autenticazione" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakauth.xml:11 +msgid "drakauth" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakauth.xml:16 +msgid "drakauth.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakauth.xml:21 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakauth.xml:21 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the" +" manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakauth.xml:25 +msgid "" +"By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your " +"computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so " +"and give information about that." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:3 +msgid "Set up boot system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:5 +msgid "drakboot --boot" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:10 +msgid "drakboot--boot.png" +msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15 en/drakboot--boot.xml:126 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 +msgid "" +"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " +"the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default " +"boot, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19 +msgid "" +"It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set " +"up boot system\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing. Changing " +"some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28 +msgid "" +"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to" +" choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " +"with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are " +"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot " +"device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The" +" boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can " +"prevent you machine from booting." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36 +msgid "" +"In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set " +"the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. " +"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating" +" systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " +"bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43 +msgid "" +"In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is " +"possible to set a password." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 +msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:49 +msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:51 +msgid "" +"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the " +"power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was " +"the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI " +"compatible." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 +msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:58 +msgid "" +"SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for " +"multicore processors." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62 +msgid "" +"If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual " +"processor and enable SMP." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local " +"APIC:</guibutton>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69 +msgid "" +"APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two " +"components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O " +"APIC. This one routes the interrupts it receives them from peripheral buses " +"to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful " +"for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC " +"system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message " +"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local" +" APIC." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:78 +msgid "<guibutton>Clean /tmp at each boot:</guibutton>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80 +msgid "" +"If checked, this option will empty the /tmp directory at each boot, " +"preventing it from become too big and clearing the trackings that don't need" +" to be kept." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:86 +msgid "drakboot1.png" +msgstr "drakboot1.png" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:90 +msgid "" +"In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the " +"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the" +" order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the " +"selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or " +"<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new " +"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar" +" with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:100 +msgid "drakboot2.png" +msgstr "drakboot2.png" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:104 +msgid "" +"The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want " +"to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For " +"example: Mageia3." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:108 +msgid "" +"The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches " +"the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:111 +msgid "" +"The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the " +"kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 +msgid "" +"The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to " +"the kernel at boot time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:118 +msgid "" +"If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this " +"entry by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:121 +msgid "" +"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to " +"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> " +"file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakboot.xml:3 +msgid "Set up autologin to automatically log in" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakboot.xml:6 +msgid "drakboot" +msgstr "drakboot" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakboot.xml:11 +msgid "drakboot.png" +msgstr "drakboot.png" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakboot.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot.xml:15 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to " +"automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without " +"asking for any password. It's called autologin. This is generally a good " +"idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot.xml:22 +msgid "" +"It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the " +"Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot.xml:26 +msgid "The interface buttons are pretty obvious:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot.xml:28 +msgid "" +"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system " +"starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the " +"boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be " +"possible to launch the graphic interface manually." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot.xml:33 +msgid "" +"If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either " +"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to" +" continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " +"<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if " +"needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default " +"username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:11 +msgid "Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:12 +msgid "drakbug_report" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " +"used on the command line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:20 +msgid "" +"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by" +" doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > " +"drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, but make sure you have enough disk space " +"first: the file can easily be several GBs large." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:24 +msgid "" +"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing" +" the unneeded parts." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:26 +msgid "This command collects the following information on your system:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:29 +msgid "lspci" +msgstr "lspci" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:30 +msgid "pci_devices" +msgstr "pci_devices" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:31 +msgid "dmidecode" +msgstr "dmidecode" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:32 +msgid "fdisk" +msgstr "fdisk" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:33 +msgid "scsi" +msgstr "scsi" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:34 +msgid "/sys/bus/scsi/devices" +msgstr "/sys/bus/scsi/devices" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:35 +msgid "lsmod" +msgstr "lsmod" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:36 +msgid "cmdline" +msgstr "cmdline" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:37 +msgid "pcmcia: stab" +msgstr "pcmcia: stab" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:38 +msgid "usb" +msgstr "usb" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:39 +msgid "partitions" +msgstr "partizioni" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:40 +msgid "cpuinfo" +msgstr "cpuinfo" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:41 +msgid "syslog" +msgstr "syslog" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:42 +msgid "Xorg.log" +msgstr "Xorg.log" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:43 +msgid "monitor_full_edid" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:44 +msgid "stage1.log" +msgstr "stage1.log" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:45 +msgid "ddebug.log" +msgstr "ddebug.log" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:46 +msgid "install.log" +msgstr "install.log" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:47 +msgid "fstab" +msgstr "fstab" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:48 +msgid "modprobe.conf" +msgstr "modprobe.conf" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:49 +msgid "lilo.conf" +msgstr "lilo.conf" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:50 +msgid "grub: menu.lst" +msgstr "grub: menu.lst" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:51 +msgid "grub: install.sh" +msgstr "grub: install.sh" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:52 +msgid "grub: device.map" +msgstr "grub: device.map" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:53 +msgid "xorg.conf" +msgstr "xorg.conf" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:54 +msgid "urpmi.cfg" +msgstr "urpmi.cfg" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:55 +msgid "modprobe.preload" +msgstr "modprobe.preload" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:56 +msgid "sysconfig/i18n" +msgstr "sysconfig/i18n" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:57 +msgid "/proc/iomem" +msgstr "/proc/iomem" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:58 +msgid "/proc/ioport" +msgstr "/proc/ioport" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:59 +msgid "mageia version" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:60 +msgid "rpm -qa" +msgstr "rpm -qa" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:61 +msgid "df" +msgstr "df" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:65 +msgid "" +"At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this " +"command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to " +"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\"" +" by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > " +"journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, " +"for instance, take the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakbug.xml:9 +msgid "Mageia Bug Report Tool" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakbug.xml:9 +msgid "drakbug" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakbug.xml:15 +msgid "drakbug.png" +msgstr "drakbug.png" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakbug.xml:19 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakbug.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts " +"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that," +" after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some " +"of the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakbug.xml:21 +msgid "" +"If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, " +"then please read <link " +"xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How " +"to report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the \"Report\" " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakbug.xml:23 +msgid "" +"In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message " +"that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to " +"that existing report that you saw the bug, too." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakclock.xml:3 +msgid "Manage date and time" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakclock.xml:5 +msgid "drakclock" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakclock.xml:10 +msgid "drakclock.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakclock.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakclock.xml:14 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab " +"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and " +"time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a " +"right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakclock.xml:21 +msgid "It's a very simple tool." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakclock.xml:23 +msgid "" +"On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. " +"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on" +" the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " +"(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or " +"2012). Select the day by clicking on its number." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakclock.xml:29 +msgid "" +"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time " +"Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on " +"time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " +"Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakclock.xml:34 +msgid "" +"On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's " +"useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, " +"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows" +" to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see" +" your desktop environment settings for that." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakclock.xml:40 +msgid "" +"At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the " +"<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the " +"nearest town." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/drakclock.xml:45 +msgid "" +"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they" +" will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3 +msgid "Remove a connection" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3 +msgid "drakconnect --del" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8 +msgid "drakconnect--del.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 +msgid "" +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 +msgid "" +"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " +"id=\"0\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14 +msgid "" +"Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then " +"click <emphasis>next</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted " +"successfully." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:3 +msgid "Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:6 +msgid "drakconnect" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:11 +msgid "drakconnect.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:19 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:18 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much " +"of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from " +"your access provider or your network administrator." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:25 +msgid "" +"Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware " +"and provider you have." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:30 +msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162 +msgid "" +"The first window lists the interfaces which are available. Select the one " +"to configure." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167 +msgid "" +"At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557 +msgid "Automatic IP" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:48 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers" +" are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " +"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," +" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." +" The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers" +" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:62 +msgid "drakconnect5.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572 +msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576 +msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581 +msgid "the DHCP client" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585 +msgid "DHCP timeout" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222 +msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594 +msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599 +msgid "" +"the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server " +"requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. " +"This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241 +msgid "" +"After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection " +"configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615 +msgid "Manual configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:115 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS " +"servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no " +"HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " +"attributed by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258 +msgid "" +"For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like " +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " +"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " +"available from your service provider's website." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:126 +msgid "" +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " +"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " +"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " +"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". " +"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, " +"domestic ADSL would not need this setting." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:136 +msgid "drakconnect30.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351 +#: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688 +#: en/drakconnect.xml:780 +msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:150 +msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136 +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203 +msgid "" +"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you" +" can write this help, please contact <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " +"team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:158 +msgid "A new Cable modem connection" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:172 +msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:176 +msgid "None" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:180 +msgid "" +"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name" +" and password." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:191 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " +"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " +"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," +" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." +" The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers" +" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:252 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers" +" to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " +"is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " +"attributed by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:263 +msgid "" +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " +"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " +"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " +"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". " +"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, " +"domestic connection would not need this setting." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:273 +msgid "drakconnect32.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:287 +msgid "A new DSL connection" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:291 +msgid "" +"If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to " +"configure it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663 +msgid "" +"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " +"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380 +msgid "Select one of the protocols available:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:307 +msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:311 +msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:315 +msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:319 +msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:323 +msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:329 +msgid "Access settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678 +msgid "Account Login (user name)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682 +msgid "Account password" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:341 +msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:345 +msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646 +msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:357 +msgid "A new ISDN connection" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706 +msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:365 +msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:369 +msgid "External ISDN modem" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:375 +msgid "" +"A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. " +"Select your card." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:384 +msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:389 +msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:395 +msgid "" +"A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries. Select your " +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " +"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave " +"you. Then it is asked for parameters:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:402 +msgid "Connection name" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:406 +msgid "Phone number" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:410 +msgid "Login ID" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:418 +msgid "Authentication method" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:424 +msgid "" +"After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or " +"manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:430 +msgid "" +"The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by " +"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to" +" put:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:436 +msgid "Domain name" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:440 +msgid "First and second DNS Server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:444 +msgid "" +"Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you " +"are sure that your provider is configured to accept it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:452 +msgid "" +"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic" +" or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter " +"the IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:464 +msgid "A new Wireless connection (WiFi)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:468 +msgid "" +"A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for " +"Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure. Use ndiswrapper " +"only if the other configuration methods did not work." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:475 +msgid "" +"At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that " +"the card has detected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:480 +msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:484 +msgid "drakconnect31.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:490 +msgid "Operating mode:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:494 +msgid "Managed" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:497 +msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:503 +msgid "Ad-Hoc" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:506 +msgid "To configure direct connection between computers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:514 +msgid "Network Name (ESSID)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:518 +msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:523 +msgid "WPA/WPA2" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:526 +msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:532 +msgid "WEP" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:535 +msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:543 +msgid "Encryption key" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:545 +msgid "" +"It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:552 +msgid "" +"At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a " +"manual IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:561 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are " +"declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. " +"In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of " +"the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name " +"localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be " +"provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from " +"DHCP server</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:589 +msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:608 +msgid "" +"After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all " +"connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:619 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," +" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:625 +msgid "" +"For a residential network, the IP address always looks like " +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " +"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " +"available from your providers website." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:630 +msgid "" +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " +"domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, " +"before the period." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:644 +msgid "A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:648 +msgid "" +"If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to " +"configure it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:653 +msgid "The PIN number is asked. Keep left if this PIN number is not required." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:658 +msgid "" +"The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option " +"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:670 +msgid "Provide access settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:674 +msgid "Access Point Name" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:694 +msgid "A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:702 +msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:710 +msgid "Manual choice" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:714 +msgid "Detected hardware, if any." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:720 +msgid "A list of ports is proposed. Select your port." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:724 +msgid "" +"If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package " +"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:729 +msgid "" +"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " +"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." +" Then it is asked for Dialup options:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:736 +msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:740 +msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:744 +msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:748 +msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:752 +msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:756 +msgid "PAP/CHAP" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:760 +msgid "Script-based" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:764 +msgid "PAP" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:768 +msgid "Terminal-based" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:772 +msgid "CHAP" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:786 +msgid "Ending the configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:788 +msgid "In the next step, you can specify:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:792 +msgid "<emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:796 +msgid "<emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:800 +msgid "<emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:804 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:809 +msgid "" +"In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow " +"access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch " +"automatically between access point according to the signal strength." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:816 +msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:820 +msgid "Metric (10 by default)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:824 +msgid "MTU" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:828 +msgid "Network Hotplugging" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:832 +msgid "Enable IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:836 +msgid "" +"The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start " +"immediately or not." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:841 +msgid "drakconnect9.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakconsole.xml:3 +msgid "Open a console as administrator" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakconsole.xml:5 +msgid "drakconsole" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakconsole.xml:10 +msgid "drakconsole.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakconsole.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakconsole.xml:14 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a " +"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more" +" information about that." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:8 +msgid "Manage disk partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:10 +msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:15 +msgid "drakdiskBackup.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:21 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:20 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny " +"error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a " +"partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll " +"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on " +"<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:30 +msgid "" +"If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you " +"want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:35 +msgid "drakdisk.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:39 +msgid "" +"You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your " +"preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, " +"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a" +" partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear " +"all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete " +"disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a " +"partition." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:47 +msgid "" +"If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot " +"choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition " +"must be unmounted first." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:51 +msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:53 +msgid "" +"To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to " +"delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button " +"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part " +"is selected" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:58 +msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:63 +msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:67 +msgid "" +"Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> " +"gives some extra available actions, like labelling the partition, as can be " +"seen in the screenshot below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:73 +msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakedm.xml:5 +msgid "Set up display manager" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakedm.xml:7 +msgid "drakedm" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakedm.xml:12 +msgid "drakedm.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakedm.xml:17 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakedm.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display " +"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available" +" on your system will be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakedm.xml:24 +msgid "" +"Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. " +"However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a " +"lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:3 +msgid "Set up your personal firewall" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:5 +msgid "drakfirewall" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:10 +msgid "drakfirewall.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:14 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " +"Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal " +"firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system " +"security, permissions and audit\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:20 +msgid "" +"A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming " +"connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the " +"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection" +" attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " +"<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable " +"the firewall, and only check the needed services." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:27 +msgid "" +"It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field " +"<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these " +"examples :" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:32 +msgid "80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:34 +msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:37 +msgid "The listed ports should be separated by a space." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:39 +msgid "" +"If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is " +"checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:44 +msgid "drakfirewall2.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:49 +msgid "" +"If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) " +"it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even " +"recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:55 +msgid "" +"The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature " +"allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box " +"<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second " +"box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure " +"somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards " +"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot" +" below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to " +"be warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:64 +msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:69 +msgid "drakfirewall3.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:75 +msgid "drakfirewall4.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:79 +msgid "" +"In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the " +"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary" +" packages are downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:84 +msgid "" +"If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network & " +"Internet, icon Set up a new network interface." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakfont.xml:3 +msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakfont.xml:6 +msgid "drakfont" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakfont.xml:11 +msgid "drakfont.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakfont.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfont.xml:15 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " +"Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It " +"allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen " +"above shows:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakfont.xml:22 +msgid "the installed font names, styles and sizes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakfont.xml:26 +msgid "a preview of the selected font." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakfont.xml:30 +msgid "some buttons explained here later." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfont.xml:36 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfont.xml:38 +msgid "" +"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You" +" must have Microsoft Windows installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfont.xml:41 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfont.xml:43 +msgid "" +"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able" +" to use the fonts." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfont.xml:46 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uninstall:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfont.xml:48 +msgid "" +"This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place. Be " +"careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the " +"documents that use them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfont.xml:52 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfont.xml:54 +msgid "" +"Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The " +"supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select " +"the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> " +"when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfont.xml:60 +msgid "" +"If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont " +"main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakguard.xml:3 +msgid "Parental Controls" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakguard.xml:5 +msgid "drakguard" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakguard.xml:10 +msgid "drakguard.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakguard.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakguard.xml:14 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " +"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental " +"Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the " +"drakguard package (not installed by default)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakguard.xml:21 +msgid "Presentation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakguard.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to " +"restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three " +"useful capabilities:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakguard.xml:29 +msgid "" +"It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by " +"controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakguard.xml:35 +msgid "" +"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can" +" only execute what you accept them to execute." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakguard.xml:40 +msgid "" +"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through " +"blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the " +"website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental " +"control blocker DansGuardian." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakguard.xml:49 +msgid "Configuring Parental controls" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> +#: en/drakguard.xml:52 +msgid "" +"If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, " +"Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on " +"your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel " +"feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named " +"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by" +" an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to " +"this prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and" +" will then suggest you reboot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakguard.xml:61 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental " +"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab" +" is opened." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakguard.xml:65 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the " +"websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all " +"the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakguard.xml:69 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have " +"their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the " +"right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are " +"not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on " +"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user. Select an " +"user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to " +"remove him/her from the allowed users." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakguard.xml:77 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed " +"with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and " +"<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/drakguard.xml:83 +msgid "Blacklist/Whitelist tab" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/drakguard.xml:85 +msgid "" +"Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the " +"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/drakguard.xml:90 +msgid "Block Programs Tab" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/drakguard.xml:92 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to" +" restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " +"applications you wish to block." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/drakguard.xml:96 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand " +"side will not be subject to acl blocking." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakgw.xml:9 +msgid "Share the Internet connection with other local machines" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakgw.xml:12 +msgid "drakgw" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakgw.xml:17 +msgid "drakgw.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakgw.xml:25 +msgid "Principles" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakgw.xml:29 +msgid "drakgw-net.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:27 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a " +"computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local " +"network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to " +"other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the " +"gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card " +"must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to " +"the Internet (2)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:39 +msgid "" +"The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are " +"set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakgw.xml:45 +msgid "Gateway wizard" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:48 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:47 +msgid "" +"The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps " +"which are shown below:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:54 +msgid "" +"If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this " +"and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:60 +msgid "" +"specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard " +"automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that " +"what is proposed is correct." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:66 +msgid "" +"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes" +" one, check that this is correct." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:71 +msgid "" +"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask" +" and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual" +" configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:78 +msgid "" +"specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard " +"will check that <code>bind</code> is installed. Otherwise, you have to " +"specify the address of a DNS server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:84 +msgid "" +"specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard " +"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure" +" it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:91 +msgid "" +"specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard " +"will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, " +"with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the " +"proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:99 +msgid "" +"The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to " +"printers and to share them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:104 +msgid "" +"You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakgw.xml:109 +msgid "Configure the client" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:111 +msgid "" +"If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to " +"specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address " +"automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting " +"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is" +" using." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:117 +msgid "" +"If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular " +"specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the " +"gateway." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakgw.xml:123 +msgid "Stop connection sharing" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:125 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch " +"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the " +"sharing." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakhosts.xml:3 +msgid "Hosts definitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakhosts.xml:5 +msgid "drakhosts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakhosts.xml:10 +msgid "drakhosts.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakhosts.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakhosts.xml:14 +msgid "" +"If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-" +"addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to " +"specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name " +"instead of the IP-address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakhosts.xml:20 +msgid "<guibutton>Add</guibutton>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakhosts.xml:22 +msgid "" +"With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window " +"to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an " +"alias which can be used in the same way that the name is." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakhosts.xml:27 +msgid "<guibutton>Modify</guibutton>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakhosts.xml:29 +msgid "" +"You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the " +"same window." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3 +msgid "Advanced setup for network interfaces and firewall" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3 +msgid "drakinvictus" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakinvictus.xml:8 +msgid "drakinvictus.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12 +#: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:12 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:12 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:12 +#: en/drakxservices.xml:12 en/msecgui.xml:12 +msgid "" +"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " +"can write this help, please contact <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " +"team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakinvictus.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:10 +msgid "Network Center" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:12 +msgid "draknetcenter" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:17 +msgid "draknetcenter.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:22 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:21 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " +"Network & Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network " +"Center\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:31 +msgid "" +"When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks " +"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite," +" etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, " +"depending on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, " +"change its settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to " +"create a network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface " +"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:43 +msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:47 +msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:52 +msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:56 +msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:39 +msgid "" +"In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the " +"first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder" +" type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " +"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network " +"types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not" +" connected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:62 +msgid "" +"In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected " +"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal " +"strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and " +"the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then " +"either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> " +"or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network " +"to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings " +"window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption " +"key in particular)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:72 +msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:76 +msgid "draknetcenter1.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:84 +msgid "The Monitor button" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:88 +msgid "draknetcenter4.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:92 +msgid "" +"This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the " +"PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is " +"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray" +" -> Monitor Network</guimenu>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:97 +msgid "" +"There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the " +"local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which " +"gives details about connection status." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:102 +msgid "" +"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic " +"accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:108 +msgid "The Configure button" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:110 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:114 +msgid "draknetcenter2.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:118 +msgid "" +"It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. " +"Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> " +"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual" +" configuration may give better results." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:123 +msgid "" +"For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks " +"like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the " +"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are " +"available from your providers website." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:128 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count " +"the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in " +"the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may " +"have to reconnect to the network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:133 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network " +"Manager:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185 +msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:148 +msgid "draknetcenter5.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:152 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - For a wireless network</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:154 +msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:158 +msgid "draknetcenter3.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:162 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operating mode:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:164 +msgid "" +"Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access " +"point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected. " +"Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as " +"the access point, your network card needs to support this mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:170 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:173 +msgid "If it is a private network, you need to know these settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:175 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a" +" passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " +"personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used " +"in private networks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:180 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:182 +msgid "" +"Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access " +"point while remaining connected to the network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:193 +msgid "draknetcenter6.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:201 +msgid "The Advanced Settings button" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:209 +msgid "draknetcenter7.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3 +msgid "Manage different network profiles" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3 +msgid "draknetprofile" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draknetprofile.xml:8 +msgid "draknetprofile.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draknetprofile.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/draknfs.xml:9 +msgid "Share drives and directories using NFS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/draknfs.xml:11 +msgid "draknfs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draknfs.xml:16 +msgid "draknfs.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/draknfs.xml:24 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:27 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:26 +msgid "" +"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the" +" first time, it may display the following message:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:33 +msgid "" +"The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:37 +msgid "" +"After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/draknfs.xml:42 +msgid "Main window" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:44 +msgid "" +"A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list " +"is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a " +"configuration tool." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/draknfs.xml:50 +msgid "Modify entry" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:52 +msgid "" +"The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched " +"with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draknfs.xml:58 +msgid "draknfs4.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/draknfs.xml:64 +msgid "NFS Directory" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:66 +msgid "" +"Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The " +"<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/draknfs.xml:72 +msgid "Host access" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:74 +msgid "" +"Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared " +"directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:77 +msgid "NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:79 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name " +"recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:83 +msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:86 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard " +"characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the " +"domain cs.foo.edu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:90 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all " +"hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either " +"`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/draknfs.xml:96 +msgid "User ID Mapping" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:98 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid " +"0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client " +"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on" +" the server itself." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:103 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing." +" This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:107 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids" +" to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " +"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID" +" mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:113 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of " +"the anonymous account." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/draknfs.xml:118 +msgid "Advanced options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:120 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests " +"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option" +" is on by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:124 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read " +"and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any " +"request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by " +"using this option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:129 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from " +"violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made " +"by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:134 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can " +"help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See " +"exports(5) man page for more details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201 +msgid "Menu entries" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:143 +msgid "So far the list has at least one entry." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draknfs.xml:147 +msgid "draknfs5.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title> +#: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:207 +msgid "File|Write conf" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:155 +msgid "Save the current configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/draknfs.xml:159 +msgid "NFS Server|Restart" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222 +msgid "" +"The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/draknfs.xml:166 +msgid "NFS Server|Reload" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229 +msgid "" +"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration " +"files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakproxy.xml:10 +msgid "Proxy" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakproxy.xml:12 +msgid "drakproxy" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakproxy.xml:17 +msgid "drakproxy.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakproxy.xml:24 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakproxy.xml:22 +msgid "" +"If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use " +"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net" +" administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " +"some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakproxy.xml:30 +msgid "" +"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a" +" proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts " +"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " +"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, " +"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " +"different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " +"simplify and control their complexity." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3 +msgid "Configure Media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:5 +msgid "drakrpm-edit-media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:16 +msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:21 +msgid "" +"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as" +" repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources" +" to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button" +" below)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:25 en/MageiaUpdate.xml:17 en/MageiaUpdate.xml:32 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:36 en/XFdrake.xml:75 en/XFdrake.xml:89 +msgid "<note>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called " +"i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether " +"your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They " +"don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both " +"the i586 and the x86_64 media." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:31 en/MageiaUpdate.xml:21 en/MageiaUpdate.xml:40 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:79 +msgid "</note>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:35 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 +msgid "" +"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" " +"id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:39 +msgid "The columns" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:41 +msgid "Column Enable:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:43 +msgid "" +"The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with " +"some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:47 +msgid "Column Update:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:49 +msgid "" +"The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only " +"media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, " +"this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root " +"and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:55 +msgid "Column medium:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:57 +msgid "" +"Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release " +"versions contain at least:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs " +"available supported by Mageia." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:67 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs " +"which are not free" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:72 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there " +"might be patent claims in some countries." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:75 +msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the " +"this version of Mageia was released." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:84 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since " +"release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium " +"enabled, even with a very slow internet connection." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:90 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions " +"backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:96 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests" +" of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " +"corrections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:104 +msgid "The buttons on the right" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:107 +msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:109 +msgid "" +"To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to " +"remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example) since " +"all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114 +msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116 +msgid "" +"Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and " +"proxy)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:119 +msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 +msgid "" +"Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories " +"contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button " +"adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that " +"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a" +" specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " +"from the drop-down \"File\" menu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128 +msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:130 +msgid "" +"Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list " +"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same" +" release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release " +"will be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:138 en/harddrake2.xml:64 +msgid "The menu" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:140 +msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:142 +msgid "" +"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and" +" click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 +msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147 +msgid "" +"Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's " +"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the" +" actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " +"Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose " +"between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the " +"<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by " +"clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:158 +msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:162 +msgid "" +"You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very " +"close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available " +"mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:167 +msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169 +msgid "" +"It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that " +"isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 +msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:172 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a " +"smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, " +"according to the medium type)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:180 +msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:182 +msgid "" +"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" " +"(always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define " +"the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " +"default-, update only, always or never)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 +msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 +msgid "" +"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate" +" the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In " +"the window that appear, select a medium and then click on " +"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click " +"on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 +msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:197 +msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:199 +msgid "" +"If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it " +"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if" +" necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and " +"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:10 +msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:13 +msgid "draksambashare" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:18 +msgid "draksambashare.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:29 +msgid "" +"Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some " +"resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure " +"the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is " +"also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the " +"resources of the Samba server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:37 +msgid "Preparation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:39 +msgid "" +"To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP " +"address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with " +"<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, or at the DHCP server which " +"identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same " +"address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba " +"server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:50 +msgid "Wizard - Standalone server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:53 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis " +"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:52 +msgid "" +"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks" +" if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " +"not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:61 +msgid "draksambashare0.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:67 +msgid "" +"In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:71 +msgid "draksambashare1.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:77 +msgid "" +"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the" +" access to the shared resources." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:80 +msgid "" +"The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on " +"the network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:85 +msgid "draksambashare2.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:91 +msgid "Choose the security mode:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:95 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the " +"resource" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:100 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for " +"each share" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:105 +msgid "" +"You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP " +"address or host name." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:110 +msgid "draksambashare3.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:115 +msgid "" +"Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be " +"described in the Windows workstations." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:120 +msgid "draksambashare4.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:126 +msgid "" +"The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:131 +msgid "draksambashare5.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:137 +msgid "" +"The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the " +"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in " +"<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:143 +msgid "draksambashare6.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:151 +msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:155 +msgid "draksambashare13.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:153 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain " +"controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is " +"to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are " +"then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the " +"security mode:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:164 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and " +"group accounts in a central, shared, account repository. The centralized " +"account repository is shared between (security) controllers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:173 +msgid "Declare a directory to share" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:175 +msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:179 +msgid "draksambashare15.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:184 +msgid "" +"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the " +"<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether" +" the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share " +"name can not be modified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:191 +msgid "draksambashare16.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:203 +msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:209 +msgid "Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:214 +msgid "Samba server|Configure" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:216 +msgid "The wizard can be run again with this command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:220 +msgid "Samba server|Restart" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:227 +msgid "Samba Server|Reload" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:235 +msgid "Printers share" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:237 +msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:241 +msgid "draksambashare17.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:239 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89 +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:42 en/rpmdrake.xml:147 en/rpmdrake.xml:157 +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:167 en/rpmdrake.xml:177 en/rpmdrake.xml:187 +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:222 +msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:247 +msgid "Samba users" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:253 +msgid "draksambashare18.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:249 +msgid "" +"In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared " +"resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref " +"linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/draksec.xml:3 +msgid "Configure authentication for Mageia tools" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/draksec.xml:6 +msgid "draksec" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draksec.xml:11 +msgid "draksec.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/draksec.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksec.xml:15 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksec.xml:20 +msgid "" +"It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks " +"usually done by the administrator." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksec.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in " +"the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a " +"drop down list gives the choice between:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/draksec.xml:29 +msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/draksec.xml:34 +msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/draksec.xml:39 +msgid "Root password: the root password is asked before the tool launching" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksec.xml:44 +msgid "" +"The default values depend of the chosen security level. See in the same MCC " +"tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11 +msgid "Snapshots" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:12 +msgid "draksnapshot-config" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18 +msgid "draksnapshot-config.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's " +"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration " +"tools</guilabel> section." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26 +msgid "" +"When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message " +"about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to " +"proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31 +msgid "" +"Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the " +"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable " +"Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, " +"<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34 +msgid "" +"If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose " +"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the " +"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to" +" the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " +"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the " +"<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from" +" the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> " +"be included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you " +"are done." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41 +msgid "" +"Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the " +"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted" +" USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45 +msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/draksound.xml:3 +msgid "Sound Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/draksound.xml:5 +msgid "draksound" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draksound.xml:10 +msgid "draksound.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/draksound.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksound.xml:14 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksound.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, " +"PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience " +"sound problems or if you change the sound card." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksound.xml:23 +msgid "" +"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a" +" driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/draksound.xml:28 +msgid "" +"Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA " +"API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when " +"possible for its enhanced features." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksound.xml:33 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound" +" inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the " +"resulting sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> " +"PulseAudio volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksound.xml:38 +msgid "" +"PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it " +"enabled." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksound.xml:41 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It " +"is also recommended to leave it enabled." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksound.xml:44 +msgid "" +"The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with three " +"buttons:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draksound.xml:49 +msgid "Draksound1.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksound.xml:53 +msgid "" +"The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you " +"are doing." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksound.xml:56 +msgid "" +"The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any " +"problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking " +"the community for help." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakups.xml:3 +msgid "Set up a UPS for power monitoring" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakups.xml:3 +msgid "drakups" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakups.xml:8 +msgid "drakups.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakups.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:3 +msgid "Configure VPN Connection to secure network access" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:6 +msgid "drakvpn" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:11 +msgid "drakvpn1.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:19 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:18 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure " +"secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local " +"workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the " +"configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is " +"already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the " +"network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:30 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:32 +msgid "" +"First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which " +"protocol is used for your virtual private network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:35 +msgid "Then give your connection a name." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:37 +msgid "At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:42 +msgid "For Cisco VPN" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:48 +msgid "drakvpn3.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:54 +msgid "" +"For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the " +"first time the tool is used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:59 +msgid "drakvpn7.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:57 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you " +"received from the network administrator." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:64 +msgid "Advanced parameters:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:68 +msgid "drakvpn8.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:72 +msgid "The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:76 +msgid "" +"When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN " +"connection." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:79 +msgid "" +"This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network " +"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect" +" to this VPN." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3 +msgid "Configure webserver" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3 +msgid "drakwizard apache2" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8 +msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3 +msgid "Configure DNS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3 +msgid "drakwizard bind" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8 +msgid "drakwizard_bind.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3 +msgid "Configure DHCP" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3 +msgid "drakwizard dhcp" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:8 +msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:3 +msgid "Configure time" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:5 +msgid "drakwizard ntp" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:12 +msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:17 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:16 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the " +"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed" +" by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " +"packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:22 +msgid "" +"After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three " +"time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice " +"because this server always points to available time servers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:28 +msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:34 +msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info> +#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:36 +msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:35 +msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:48 +msgid "" +"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you" +" arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " +"using the <guibutton>Previous </guibutton>button. If everything is right, " +"click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It " +"may take a while and you finally get this screen below:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:56 +msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:62 +msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3 +msgid "Configure FTP" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3 +msgid "drakwizard proftpd" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8 +msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:3 +msgid "Configure proxy" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:3 +msgid "drakwizard squid" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:8 +msgid "drakwizard_squid.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3 +msgid "OpenSSH daemon configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3 +msgid "drakwizard sshd" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8 +msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakxservices.xml:3 +msgid "Manage system services by enabling or disabling them" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakxservices.xml:3 +msgid "drakxservices" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakxservices.xml:8 +msgid "drakxservices.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakxservices.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:10 +msgid "Hardware configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:12 +msgid "harddrake2" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:17 +msgid "harddrake2.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:23 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:22 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of " +"the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job " +"to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command " +"<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-" +"lst</code> package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:31 +msgid "The window" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:33 +msgid "The window is divided in two columns." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:35 +msgid "" +"The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are " +"grouped by categories. Click on the > to expand the content of a " +"category. Each device can be selected in this column." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:39 +msgid "" +"The right column displays information about the selected device. The " +"<guimenu>Help -> Fields description</guimenu> gives some information " +"about the content of the fields." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:43 +msgid "" +"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are" +" available at the bottom of the right column:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:48 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to " +"parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must " +"used by experts only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:54 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can " +"configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:68 +msgid "" +"The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to " +"enable automatic detection:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:73 +msgid "modem" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:77 +msgid "Jaz devices" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:81 +msgid "Zip parallel devices" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:83 +msgid "" +"By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check " +"the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will " +"be operational the next time this tool is started." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3 +msgid "Set up the Keyboard Layout" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:7 +msgid "keyboarddrake" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12 +msgid "keyboarddrake.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19 +msgid "" +"The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you " +"configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. " +"It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found " +"in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled " +"\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29 +msgid "Keyboard Layout" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31 +msgid "" +"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed" +" in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity " +"each layout should be used for." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37 +msgid "Keyboard Type" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:39 +msgid "" +"This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are " +"unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/localedrake.xml:10 +msgid "Manage localization for your system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/localedrake.xml:13 +msgid "localedrake" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/localedrake.xml:18 +msgid "localedrake.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/localedrake.xml:24 +msgid "" +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/localedrake.xml:24 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the " +"System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage " +"localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can " +"choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/localedrake.xml:31 +msgid "" +"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate " +"compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/localedrake.xml:34 +msgid "" +"The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected " +"language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to " +"countries not listed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/localedrake.xml:38 +msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/localedrake.xml:42 +msgid "Input method" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/localedrake.xml:44 +msgid "" +"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " +"input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input " +"methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, " +"Korean, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/localedrake.xml:48 +msgid "" +"For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so " +"users should not need to configure it manually." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/localedrake.xml:50 +msgid "" +"Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions " +"and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another " +"part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/logdrake.xml:3 +msgid "View and search system logs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/logdrake.xml:5 +msgid "logdrake" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/logdrake.xml:10 +msgid "logdrake.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:14 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " +"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system " +"logs</guilabel>\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/logdrake.xml:22 +msgid "To do a search in the logs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:24 +msgid "" +"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to " +"<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)" +" to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is" +" possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of " +"the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected " +"day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> " +"button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the " +"file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by " +"clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:36 +msgid "" +"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia" +" configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs " +"are updated each time a configuration is modified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/logdrake.xml:43 +msgid "To configure a mail alert" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:45 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and " +"the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:49 +msgid "" +"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail " +"Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> " +"Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the " +"running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to " +"look watch. (See screenshot above)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:55 +msgid "The following services can be watched :" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:59 +msgid "Webmin Service" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:63 +msgid "Postfix Mail Server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:67 +msgid "FTP Server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:71 +msgid "Apache World Wide Web Server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:75 +msgid "SSH Server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:79 +msgid "Samba Server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:83 +msgid "Xinetd Service" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:87 +msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/logdrake.xml:91 +msgid "logdrake1.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:97 +msgid "" +"In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider " +"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows" +" the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " +"out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value " +"to 3 times the number of processors." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:103 +msgid "" +"In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the " +"person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local " +"or on the Internet)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10 +msgid "Display Available NFS And SMB Shares" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:11 +msgid "lsnetdrake" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14 +msgid "" +"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " +"used on the command line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21 +msgid "" +"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " +"can write this help, please contact <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the " +"Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/lspcidrake.xml:3 +msgid "Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/lspcidrake.xml:6 +msgid "lspcidrake" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/lspcidrake.xml:10 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/lspcidrake.xml:9 +msgid "" +"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " +"used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under " +"root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/lspcidrake.xml:14 +msgid "" +"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB," +" PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " +"packages to work." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/lspcidrake.xml:20 +msgid "lspcidrake1.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/lspcidrake.xml:24 +msgid "" +"With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/lspcidrake.xml:27 +msgid "" +"lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it " +"is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/lspcidrake.xml:31 +msgid "Information about the graphic card;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/lspcidrake.xml:33 +msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/lspcidrake.xml:35 +msgid "Information about the network" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/lspcidrake.xml:37 +msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/lspcidrake.xml:39 +msgid "-i to ignore case distinctions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/lspcidrake.xml:41 +msgid "" +"In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for " +"lspcidrake and the -i option for grep." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/lspcidrake.xml:46 +msgid "lspcidrake2.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/lspcidrake.xml:50 +msgid "" +"There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is " +"called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3 +msgid "Software Packages Update" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:5 +msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10 +msgid "MageiaUpdate.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-" +"update</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " +"management.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:18 +msgid "" +"To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with rpmdrake-" +"edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are " +"prompted to do so." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23 +msgid "" +"As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists " +"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by" +" default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " +"<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28 +msgid "" +"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of" +" the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " +"means you can click to drop down a text." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21 +msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33 +msgid "" +"When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by " +"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> " +". Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/mcc-boot.xml:5 +msgid "Boot" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/mcc-boot.xml:10 +msgid "mcc-boot.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mcc-boot.xml:16 +msgid "" +"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot " +"steps. Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-boot.xml:19 +msgid "Configure boot steps" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-boot.xml:21 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-boot.xml:25 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot--boot\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-boot.xml:29 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4 +msgid "Hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9 +msgid "mcc-hardware.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:15 +msgid "" +"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your " +"hardware. Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20 +msgid "Manage your hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22 +msgid "" +"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure " +"hardware</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:34 +msgid "Configure graphics" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36 +msgid "" +"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop " +"effects</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:48 +msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:61 +msgid "Configure printing and scanning" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63 +msgid "" +"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s)," +" the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 en/mcc-network.xml:58 +msgid "Others" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/mcc-intro.xml:3 +msgid "About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mcc-intro.xml:6 +msgid "" +"The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to " +"choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was " +"installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be " +"selected in the big right panel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mcc-intro.xml:8 +msgid "" +"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related " +"tools." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mcc-intro.xml:10 +msgid "" +"The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in " +"any of the MCC tabs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mcc-intro.xml:12 +msgid "" +"The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool " +"screens." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mcc-intro.xml:14 +msgid "" +"There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on " +"the \"Search\" tab in the left column." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17 +msgid "Local disks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11 +msgid "mcc-localdisks.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:15 +msgid "" +"In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your " +"local disks. Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:19 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:20 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17 +msgid "Network Services" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9 +msgid "mcc-networkservices.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15 +msgid "" +"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if" +" the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " +"between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or " +"on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:23 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:27 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:31 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:35 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:4 +msgid "Network Sharing" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9 +msgid "mcc-networksharing.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:13 +msgid "" +"In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and " +"directories. Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17 +msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19 +msgid "" +"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and " +"directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22 +msgid "Configure NFS shares" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:27 +msgid "Configure WebDAV shares" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/mcc-network.xml:3 +msgid "Network and Internet" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/mcc-network.xml:8 +msgid "mcc-network.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mcc-network.xml:12 +msgid "" +"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link" +" below to learn more." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-network.xml:18 +msgid "Manage your network devices" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-network.xml:21 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-network.xml:25 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-network.xml:29 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-network.xml:36 +msgid "Personalize and Secure your network" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-network.xml:39 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-network.xml:43 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-network.xml:47 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-network.xml:51 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-network.xml:61 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-security.xml:5 en/mcc-security.xml:18 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/mcc-security.xml:10 +msgid "mcc-security.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mcc-security.xml:16 +msgid "" +"In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a " +"link below to learn more." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-security.xml:20 +msgid "" +"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, " +"permissions and audit</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-security.xml:25 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-security.xml:29 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-security.xml:33 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-security.xml:37 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 en/mcc-sharing.xml:17 +msgid "Sharing" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9 +msgid "mcc-sharing.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15 +msgid "" +"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only " +"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can" +" choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " +"below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:23 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:4 +msgid "System" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:9 +msgid "mcc-system.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:13 +msgid "" +"In this screen you can choose between several system and administration " +"tools. Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:18 +msgid "Manage system services" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:20 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:24 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:28 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:35 +msgid "Localization" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:37 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:41 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:48 +msgid "Administration tools" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:50 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:54 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:58 +msgid "" +"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on " +"system</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:62 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:66 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/MCC.xml:4 +msgid "Mageia Control Center" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC.xml:6 +msgid "" +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC.xml:9 +msgid "" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC.xml:11 +msgid "" +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " +"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3 +msgid "Configure updates frequency" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:5 +msgid "mgaapplet-config" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10 +msgid "mgaapplet-config.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " +"management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / " +"Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27 +msgid "" +"The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for " +"updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check. The " +"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is " +"out." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/mousedrake.xml:3 +msgid "Set up the pointer device (mouse, touchpad)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/mousedrake.xml:6 +msgid "mousedrake" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/mousedrake.xml:11 +msgid "mousedrake.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/mousedrake.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mousedrake.xml:15 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mousedrake.xml:20 +msgid "" +"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by" +" Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mousedrake.xml:23 +msgid "" +"The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse " +"and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any " +"PS/2 & USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is " +"immediately taken into account." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/msecgui.xml:3 +msgid "MSEC: System Security and Audit" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/msecgui.xml:3 +msgid "msecgui" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/msecgui.xml:8 +msgid "msecgui.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4 +msgid "Other Mageia Tools" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7 +msgid "" +"There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia " +"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the" +" next pages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:16 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:21 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:25 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:29 +msgid "And more tools?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:3 +msgid "Software Management (Install and Remove Software)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:6 +msgid "rpmdrake" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:11 +msgid "rpmdrake.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:18 +msgid "Introduction to rpmdrake" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:21 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:20 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, " +"is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the " +"graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online " +"package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official " +"servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages " +"available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only " +"certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by " +"default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed " +"packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries " +"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names" +" included in the packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:35 +msgid "" +"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend" +"=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:39 +msgid "The main parts of the screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:44 +msgid "rpmdrake1.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:51 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Package type filter:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:53 +msgid "" +"This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first " +"time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical " +"interface. You can display either all the packages and all their " +"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only," +" updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:61 +msgid "" +"The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who " +"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading" +" this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge" +" of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:70 +msgid "" +"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> " +"</firstterm>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:73 +msgid "" +"This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the " +"packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and " +"not installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:79 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Search mode:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:81 +msgid "" +"Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their " +"summaries, through their complete description or through the files included " +"in the packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:87 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Find\" box:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:89 +msgid "" +"Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword " +"for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and " +"\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:95 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase all:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:97 +msgid "" +"This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" " +"box ." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:102 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categories list:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:104 +msgid "" +"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and" +" sub categories." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:109 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Description panel:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:111 +msgid "" +"This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete " +"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It" +" can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " +"package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:121 +msgid "The status column" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:123 +msgid "" +"Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by " +"category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A " +"list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium " +"is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is " +"installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or " +"uncheck the box before the package name and click on " +"<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:139 +msgid "Icon" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:141 +msgid "Legend" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:149 +msgid "rpmdrake2.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:153 +msgid "This package is already installed" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:159 +msgid "rpmdrake3.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:163 +msgid "This package will be installed" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:169 +msgid "rpmdrake4.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:173 +msgid "This package cannot be modified" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:179 +msgid "rpmdrake5.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 +msgid "This package is an update" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:189 +msgid "rpmdrake6.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:193 +msgid "This package will be uninstalled" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:131 +msgid "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:199 +msgid "Examples in the screenshot above:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:203 +msgid "" +"If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status " +"icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking " +"on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:211 +msgid "" +"If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange " +"with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when " +"clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:219 +msgid "The dependencies" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:224 +msgid "rpmdrake7.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:229 +msgid "" +"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They" +" are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " +"information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected " +"dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It " +"may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed " +"library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a " +"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to" +" install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:10 +msgid "Set up scanner" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:11 +msgid "scannerdrake" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:18 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:22 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " +"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:21 +msgid "" +"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " +"a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. " +"It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a " +"remote computer or to access remote scanners." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:29 +msgid "" +"When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following " +"message:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:32 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:35 +msgid "<emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?\"</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:38 +msgid "" +"Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-" +"gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:44 +msgid "scannerdrake.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:50 +msgid "" +"If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see " +"the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, " +"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:55 +msgid "" +"In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner " +"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref " +"linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:59 +msgid "" +"However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its " +"cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new " +"scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a " +"scanner manually</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:64 +msgid "" +"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the" +" list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:69 +msgid "scannerdrake2.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:76 +msgid "" +"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click " +"<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:79 +msgid "" +"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link " +"xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: " +"Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link " +"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:87 +msgid "Choose port" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:91 +msgid "scannerdrake3.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:86 +msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:97 +msgid "" +"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available " +"ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that" +" case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:102 +msgid "" +"After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen " +"similar to the one below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:104 +msgid "" +"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref " +"linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:108 +msgid "scannerdrake4.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:117 +msgid "Scannersharing" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:122 +msgid "scannerdrake5.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:128 +msgid "" +"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be" +" accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " +"decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on " +"this machine." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:133 +msgid "" +"Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or " +"deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on " +"this computer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:137 +msgid "" +"Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted " +"from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:143 +msgid "scannerdrake6.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:149 +msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:153 +msgid "scannerdrake7.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:159 +msgid "" +"Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote " +"machines." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:164 +msgid "scannerdrake8.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:170 +msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:175 +msgid "scannerdrake9.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:181 +msgid "" +"If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool " +"offers to do it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:184 +msgid "At the end, the tool will alter these files:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:186 +msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:188 +msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:190 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive " +"\"net\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:193 +msgid "" +"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and " +"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278 +msgid "Specifics" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:205 +msgid "Hewlett-Packard" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:207 +msgid "" +"Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> " +"(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow " +"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device " +"Manager</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:214 +msgid "Epson" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:216 +msgid "" +"Drivers are available from <link " +"xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this" +" page</link>. When indicated, you must install the <emphasis>iscan-" +"data</emphasis> package first, then <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this " +"order). It is possible that the <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will " +"generate a warning about a conflict with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users " +"have reported that this warning can be ignored." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:231 +msgid "Extra installation steps" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:234 +msgid "" +"It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref " +"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra " +"steps to correctly configure your scanner." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:239 +msgid "" +"In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded " +"each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, " +"after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the " +"firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you " +"downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:241 +msgid "" +"When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at " +"each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:246 +msgid "" +"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the " +"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:250 +msgid "" +"Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know " +"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link " +"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> +#: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15 +msgid "Software Management" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/software-management.xml:10 +msgid "software-management.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/software-management.xml:14 +msgid "" +"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management." +" Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/software-management.xml:17 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/software-management.xml:20 +msgid "" +"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your " +"system</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/software-management.xml:23 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/software-management.xml:26 +msgid "" +"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media " +"sources for install and update</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:8 +msgid "Install and configure a printer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:11 +msgid "system-config-printer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:16 +msgid "system-config-printer.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link " +"ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration " +"interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia " +"offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer " +"which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu " +"and openSUSE." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:30 +msgid "" +"You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the " +"installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:37 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-" +"config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:34 +msgid "" +"Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> " +"section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure " +"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " +"id=\"0\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:42 +msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:45 +msgid "task-printing-server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:47 +msgid "task-printing-hp" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:50 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of " +"dependencies are needed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:53 +msgid "" +"To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to " +"detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a " +"printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a " +"printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line. The window " +"will also attempt to configure a network printer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:61 +msgid "Automatically detected printer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:63 +msgid "" +"This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the " +"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click " +"\"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " +"automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known " +"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the" +" next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:72 +msgid "No automatically detected printer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:76 +msgid "printer3.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:80 +msgid "" +"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window" +" to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:86 +msgid "Select printer from database" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:92 +msgid "provide PPD file" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:98 +msgid "search for a driver to download" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:102 +msgid "" +"By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer " +"first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one " +"driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have " +"encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one " +"which know to work." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:110 +msgid "Complete the installation process" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:112 +msgid "" +"After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will " +"allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is " +"the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of " +"available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After " +"this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available " +"printers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:121 +msgid "Network printer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:123 +msgid "" +"Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or " +"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to" +" another workstation that serves as printserver." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:128 +msgid "" +"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed" +" IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the " +"same as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a " +"fixed one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:134 +msgid "" +"The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or " +"printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a " +"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label" +" on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " +"Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it " +"as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters " +"after \"HWaddr\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:142 +msgid "" +"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to" +" your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose," +" you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " +"Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu " +"and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it " +"says \"host\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:149 +msgid "" +"If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a " +"protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the " +"list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:154 +msgid "" +"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find" +" which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:160 +msgid "Network printing protocols" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:162 +msgid "" +"One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as " +"JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network " +"via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is " +"known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers " +"which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-" +"address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can " +"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like " +"<emphasis>hp:/net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed " +"IP-adress is not required." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:172 +msgid "" +"Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the " +"protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change " +"the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be " +"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is" +" the same as above." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:180 +msgid "printer5.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:184 +msgid "The other protocols are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:188 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can " +"be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer " +"connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by " +"some ADSL-routers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:197 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, " +"but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol. The port has to be " +"defined. By default, the port 631 is used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:205 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but" +" with TLS secured protocol." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:212 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be " +"accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer " +"connected to a station using LPD." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:220 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a " +"station running Windows or a SMB server and shared." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:226 +msgid "" +"The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form " +"the URI:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:231 +msgid "Appsocket" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:233 +msgid "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:237 +msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:239 +msgid "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:241 +msgid "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:245 +msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:247 +msgid "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:251 +msgid "" +"Additional information can be found in the <link " +"ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS" +" documentation.</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:256 +msgid "Device Properties" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:258 +msgid "" +"You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to " +"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your" +" system, but you can specify a different one with the " +"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, " +"another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters" +" of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | " +"<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:268 +msgid "Troubleshoot" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:270 +msgid "" +"You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by " +"inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:273 +msgid "" +"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the " +"<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:280 +msgid "" +"It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in " +"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link " +"ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to " +"check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package" +" is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, " +"redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report" +" the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this " +"tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer " +"works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-" +"date drivers or for more recent devices." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:292 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother printers</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:294 +msgid "" +"<link " +"ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">This" +" page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver " +"for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:298 +msgid "" +"You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:301 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one " +"devices</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:304 +msgid "" +"These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the " +"detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information " +"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" +"web/index.html\">here</link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available " +"in the <guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link " +"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" +"web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management " +"of the printer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:311 +msgid "" +"A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner " +"features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't " +"allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate). In this " +"case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the " +"picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device. Afterwards, " +"open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory " +"card which is appeared in the /media folder." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:319 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung colour printer</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:321 +msgid "" +"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link " +"ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> " +"for the QPDL protocol." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:324 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:326 +msgid "" +"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link " +"ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this" +" search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-" +"data\" package first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package" +" can also be available and is to install. Choose the " +"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:332 +msgid "" +"It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a " +"conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:336 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon printers</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:338 +msgid "" +"For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint " +"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:9 +msgid "Import Windows(TM) documents and settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:12 +msgid "transfugdrake" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:17 +msgid "transfugdrake.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:22 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:21 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center " +"labelled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:27 +msgid "" +"The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings " +"from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> " +"installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake " +"immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:37 +msgid "" +"After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some " +"explanation about the tool and import options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:40 +msgid "" +"As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of " +"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:44 +msgid "" +"When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to " +"choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and " +"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account" +" than yours own." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:51 +msgid "transfugdrake1.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:56 +msgid "" +"Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of " +"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> user account names with special " +"symbols can be displayed incorrectly." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:62 +msgid "" +"Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:67 +msgid "" +"Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications " +"(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For " +"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>are updated using " +"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the " +"import purposes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:74 +msgid "" +"When you finished with the accounts selection press " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method" +" to import documents:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:80 +msgid "transfugdrake2.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:84 +msgid "" +"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My " +"Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My " +"Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the " +"appropriate item in this window." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:89 +msgid "" +"When you finished with the document import method choosing press " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method" +" to import bookmarks:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:95 +msgid "transfugdrake3.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:99 +msgid "" +"Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and " +"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia " +"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:103 +msgid "" +"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:112 +msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:116 +msgid "transfugdrake4.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:120 +msgid "" +"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:123 +msgid "" +"The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the " +"<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:128 +msgid "transfugdrake5.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/userdrake.xml:11 +msgid "Users and Groups" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/userdrake.xml:13 +msgid "userdrake" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/userdrake.xml:18 +msgid "userdrake.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:23 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:22 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center " +"labelled \"Manage users on system\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:27 +msgid "" +"The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this " +"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings" +" (ID, shell, ...)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:31 +msgid "" +"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in" +" the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " +"<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:35 +msgid "<guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:37 +msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/userdrake.xml:41 +msgid "userdrake1.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:45 +msgid "" +"The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the " +"entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything " +"or nothing as well!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:49 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:52 +msgid "" +"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended." +" There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " +"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower" +" and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " +"orange and then green as the password strength improves." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:59 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure" +" you entered what you intended to." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:62 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that " +"allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options " +"are Bash, Dash and Sh." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:66 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if " +"checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new " +"user as the only member (this may be edited)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:70 +msgid "" +"The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately " +"after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:73 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Add Group</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:75 +msgid "" +"You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific " +"group ID." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:78 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:80 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given " +"for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:83 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/userdrake.xml:87 +msgid "userdrake2.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:91 +msgid "" +"The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account. " +"Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:95 +msgid "" +"The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long " +"as the account is locked." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:98 +msgid "It is also possible to change the icon." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:100 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an " +"expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his " +"password periodically." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/userdrake.xml:106 +msgid "userdrake3.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:110 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups " +"that the user is a member of." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:114 +msgid "" +"If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be " +"effective until his/her next login." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:118 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:120 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the " +"group name." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:123 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the " +"users who are members of the group" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:126 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Delete</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:128 +msgid "" +"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears " +"to ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private " +"group has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:133 +msgid "It is possible to delete a group which is not empty." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:136 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refresh</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:138 +msgid "" +"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to" +" refresh the display." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:141 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Guest Account</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:143 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is " +"intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total " +"security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to " +"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories" +" are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " +"to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest " +"account</guimenu>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:3 +msgid "Set up the graphical server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:5 +msgid "XFdrake" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:10 +msgid "XFdrake.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:17 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " +"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> " +"as root. Mind the capital letters." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:14 +msgid "" +"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the " +"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" " +"id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:23 +msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:25 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:27 +msgid "" +"The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server " +"configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example " +"one with a proprietary driver." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:31 +msgid "" +"The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by " +"manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical " +"order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> " +"Xorg</guilabel>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:37 +msgid "" +"In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most " +"graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while " +"in your Desktop Environment." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:38 +msgid "" +"If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - " +"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing " +"Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:39 +msgid "" +"</note>If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you " +"want to use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for " +"example)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:45 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:47 +msgid "" +"In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and " +"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor" +" isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " +"<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:54 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:56 +msgid "" +"This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the " +"colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:61 +msgid "XFdrake1.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:59 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the " +"middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:66 +msgid "" +"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another" +" one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " +"and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to " +"set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or " +"select an uncomfortable setting." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:72 +msgid "" +"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for" +" another one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:76 +msgid "" +"Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and " +"restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:83 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:85 +msgid "" +"Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking " +"on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the " +"graphical environment doesn't work." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:90 +msgid "" +"In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a " +"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use" +" XFdrake's text version." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:93 +msgid "" +"</note>If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't" +" want to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything" +" is right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:97 +msgid "Options:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:99 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-" +"Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X " +"server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:103 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable " +"three specific features depending on the graphic card." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:107 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, " +"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon " +"booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it " +"may be unchecked for a server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:112 +msgid "" +"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask" +" you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " +"previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect " +"and reconnect to activate the new configuration." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro.po b/docs/mcc-help/ro.po index a4e8e665..defb486a 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/ro.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro.po @@ -1,25 +1,24 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Joita Dan <djmarian4u@hotmail.com>, 2013 # Florin Cătălin RUSSEN <cfrussen@yahoo.co.uk>, 2013 +# Joita Dan <djmarian4u@hotmail.com>, 2013 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-24 17:14+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-24 15:14+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-31 14:56+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Florin Cătălin RUSSEN <cfrussen@yahoo.co.uk>\n" -"Language-Team: Romanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" -"ro/)\n" -"Language: ro\n" +"Language-Team: Romanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/ro/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1?0:(((n%100>19)||((n%100==0)&&(n!=0)))?" -"2:1));\n" +"Language: ro\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1?0:(((n%100>19)||((n%100==0)&&(n!=0)))?2:1));\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11 @@ -31,7 +30,8 @@ msgstr "Accesați discuri și directoare partajate prin WebDAV" msgid "diskdrake --dav" msgstr "diskdrake --dav" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19 msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" @@ -39,11 +39,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 @@ -51,10 +49,7 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " "Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure " "WebDAV shares</guilabel>." -msgstr "" -"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în " -"centrul de control Mageia, în categoria partajelor în rețea, cu titlul " -"<guilabel>Configurare partaje WebDAV</guilabel>." +msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în centrul de control Mageia, în categoria partajelor în rețea, cu titlul <guilabel>Configurare partaje WebDAV</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 @@ -72,12 +67,7 @@ msgid "" "appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a " "WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV " "server." -msgstr "" -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> este " -"un protocol care vă permite să montați un director de pe un server web, " -"astfel încît să apară ca un director local. Este necesar ca mașina distantă " -"să ruleze un server WebDAV. Configurarea unui server WebDAV nu este " -"obiectivul acestei unelte." +msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> este un protocol care vă permite să montați un director de pe un server web, astfel încît să apară ca un director local. Este necesar ca mașina distantă să ruleze un server WebDAV. Configurarea unui server WebDAV nu este scopul acestei unelte." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40 @@ -90,10 +80,7 @@ msgid "" "The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if " "any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. " "Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen." -msgstr "" -"Primul ecran al uneltei afișează intrările deja configurate, dacă există, și " -"butonul <guibutton>Nou</guibutton>. Utilizați-l pentru a crea o nouă " -"intrare. Introduceți adresa URL a serverului în cîmpul din noua fereastră." +msgstr "Primul ecran al uneltei afișează intrările deja configurate (dacă există) și butonul <guibutton>Nou</guibutton>. Utilizați-l pentru a crea o nouă intrare. Introduceți adresa URL a serverului în cîmpul din noua fereastră." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46 @@ -101,16 +88,12 @@ msgid "" "Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions. Continue " "with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking " "<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the " -"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct " -"it, if needed." -msgstr "" -"Apoi veți obține un ecran cu butoane radio pentru a selecționa anumite " -"acțiuni. Continuați cu acțiunea <guibutton>Punct de montare</guibutton> " -"apăsînd pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton> după selectarea butonului radio, " -"deoarece <guibutton>Server</guibutton> este deja configurat. Dacă totuși " -"este nevoie, puteți să-l corectați." +"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct" +" it, if needed." +msgstr "Apoi veți obține un ecran cu butoane radio pentru a selecta anumite acțiuni. Continuați cu acțiunea <guibutton>Punct de montare</guibutton> apăsînd pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton> după selectarea butonului radio, deoarece <guibutton>Server</guibutton> este deja configurat. Dacă totuși este nevoie, puteți să-l corectați." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54 msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png" @@ -120,19 +103,17 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png" msgid "" "The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount " "point." -msgstr "" -"Conținutul directorului distant va fi accesibil prin acest punct de montare." +msgstr "Conținutul directorului distant va fi accesibil prin acest punct de montare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61 msgid "" "In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other " "options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen." -msgstr "" -"La etapa următoare, furnizați utilizatorul și parola. Dacă aveți nevoie de " -"alte opțiuni, le puteți specifica în ecranul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton>." +msgstr "La etapa următoare, furnizați utilizatorul și parola. Dacă aveți nevoie de alte opțiuni, le puteți specifica în ecranul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" @@ -142,27 +123,19 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" msgid "" "The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the " "access." -msgstr "" -"Opțiunea <guibutton>Montează</guibutton vă permite să montați imediat " -"accesul." +msgstr "Opțiunea <guibutton>Montează</guibutton vă permite să montați imediat accesul." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74 msgid "" -"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</" -"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and you new mount point is " -"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether " -"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose " -"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. " -"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it." -msgstr "" -"După ce ați acceptat configurația cu butonul radio <guibutton>Gata</" -"guibutton>, primul ecran va fi afișat din nou și noul punct de montare va fi " -"listat. După ce apăsați pe <guibutton>Terminare</guibutton>, veți fi " -"întrebat dacă să se salveze sau nu modificările în <emphasis>/etc/fstab</" -"emphasis>. Alegeți această opțiune dacă doriți ca directorul distant să fie " -"disponibil la fiecare pornire. Nu salvați modificările dacă montați " -"directorul distant doar o singură dată." +"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button " +"<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and you new" +" mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you " +"are asked whether or not to save the modifications in " +"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the " +"remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for " +"one-time usage, do not save it." +msgstr "După ce ați acceptat configurația cu butonul radio <guibutton>Gata</guibutton>, primul ecran va fi afișat din nou și noul punct de montare va fi listat. După ce apăsați pe <guibutton>Terminare</guibutton>, veți fi întrebat dacă vreți să se salveze modificările în <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Alegeți această opțiune dacă doriți ca directorul distant să fie disponibil la fiecare pornire. Nu salvați modificările dacă montați directorul distant doar o singură dată." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3 @@ -174,7 +147,8 @@ msgstr "Partajați partițiile discului" msgid "diskdrake --fileshare" msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png" msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" @@ -182,11 +156,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linie de comandă tastînd <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linie de comandă tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 @@ -195,20 +167,14 @@ msgid "" "administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home " "subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have " "computers running either Linux or Windows operating system." -msgstr "" -"Această unealtă simplă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite, " -"ca și administrator, să lăsați utilizatorii să-și partajeze subdirectoare " -"din propriul /home cu ceilalți utilizatori din rețeaua locală care au " -"calculatoare ce rulează Linux sau Windows ca sistem de operare." +msgstr "Această unealtă simplă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite, ca și administrator, să lăsați utilizatorii să-și partajeze subdirectoare din propriul /home cu ceilalți utilizatori din rețeaua locală care au calculatoare ce rulează Linux sau Windows ca sistem de operare." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20 msgid "" -"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled " -"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"." -msgstr "" -"Se găsește în centrul de control Mageia, în categoria discurilor locale, " -"intitulată „Partajați partițiile discului”." +"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled" +" \"Share your hard disk partitions\"." +msgstr "Se găsește în centrul de control Mageia, în categoria discurilor locale, intitulată „Partajați partițiile discului”." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23 @@ -217,19 +183,11 @@ msgid "" "share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No " "sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on " "<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on " -"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for " -"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their " -"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " +"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for" +" the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their" +" directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " "created by the system. You will be asked about this later." -msgstr "" -"Întîi răspundeți la întrebarea: \"<guilabel>Doriți să lăsați utilizatorii să " -"partajeze anumite directoare personale?</guilabel>\", faceți clic pe " -"<guibutton>Fără partajare</guibutton> dacă răspunsul este nu pentru toți " -"utilizatorii, clic pe <guibutton>Autorizează toți utilizatorii</guibutton> " -"pentru toți utilizatorii și clic pe <guibutton>Personalizat</guibutton> dacă " -"răspunsul este nu pentru unii și da pentru alții. Pentru aceștia din urmă, " -"utilizatorii trebuie să facă parte din grupul „fileshare”, care este creat " -"în mod automat de sistem. Veți fi întrebat despre asta mai tîrziu." +msgstr "Întîi răspundeți la întrebarea: \"<guilabel>Doriți să lăsați utilizatorii să partajeze anumite directoare personale?</guilabel>\", faceți clic pe <guibutton>Fără partajare</guibutton> dacă răspunsul este nu pentru toți utilizatorii, clic pe <guibutton>Autorizează toți utilizatorii</guibutton> pentru toți utilizatorii și pe <guibutton>Personalizat</guibutton> dacă răspunsul este nu pentru unii și da pentru alții. Pentru aceștia din urmă, utilizatorii trebuie să facă parte din grupul „fileshare”, care este creat în mod automat de sistem. Veți fi întrebat despre asta mai tîrziu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32 @@ -240,14 +198,7 @@ msgid "" "the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both " "Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any " "required packages will be installed if necessary." -msgstr "" -"Faceți clic pe <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, un al doilea ecran va apărea în care " -"veți fi întrebat să alegeți dintre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> sau " -"<guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Bifați <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> dacă Linux " -"este sigurul sistem de operare din rețea, sau <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> " -"dacă în rețea aveți ambele tipuri de mașini cu Windows și Linux, iar apoi " -"apăsați pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Toate pachetele necesare vor fi " -"instalate dacă este nevoie." +msgstr "Faceți clic pe <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, un al doilea ecran va apărea în care veți fi întrebat să alegeți dintre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> sau <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Bifați <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> dacă Linux este sigurul sistem de operare din rețea, sau <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> dacă în rețea aveți ambele tipuri de mașini cu Windows și Linux, iar apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Toate pachetele necesare vor fi instalate dacă este nevoie." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39 @@ -257,40 +208,24 @@ msgid "" "you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare " "group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, " "then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the " -"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information " -"about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" -msgstr "" -"Configurarea este acum completă cu excepția cazului în care ați ales " -"opțiunea „Personalizat”. În acest caz se va afișa un ecran suplimentar " -"pentru a deschide <emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis>. Această " -"unealtă vă permite să adăugați în grupul „fileshare” utilizatorii autorizați " -"să-și partajeze directoarele. În categoria „Utilizatori” faceți clic pe " -"utilizatorul de adăugat în grupul „fileshare”, apoi pe " -"<guimenuitem>Editează</guimenuitem>. Apoi în categoria „Grupuri” bifați " -"grupul „fileshare” și faceți clic pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Pentru " -"informații suplimentare despre userdrake consultați <link ns2:href=" -"\"userdrake.xml\">această pagină</link>." +"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information" +" about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" +msgstr "Configurarea este acum completă cu excepția cazului în care ați ales opțiunea „Personalizat”. În acest caz se va afișa un ecran suplimentar pentru a deschide <emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis>. Această unealtă vă permite să adăugați în grupul „fileshare” utilizatorii autorizați să-și partajeze directoarele. În categoria „Utilizatori” faceți clic pe utilizatorul de adăugat în grupul „fileshare” și apoi pe <guimenuitem>Editează</guimenuitem>. În categoria „Grupuri” bifați grupul „fileshare” și faceți clic pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Pentru informații suplimentare despre userdrake consultați <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">această pagină</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50 msgid "" "When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and " "reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account." -msgstr "" -"Cînd adăugați un nou utilizator în grupul „fileshare” trebuie să deconectați " -"și să reconectați rețeaua pentru ca modificările să fie luate în considerare." +msgstr "Cînd adăugați un nou utilizator în grupul „fileshare” trebuie să deconectați și să reconectați rețeaua pentru ca modificările să fie luate în considerare." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55 msgid "" -"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her " -"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " +"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her" +" file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " "have this facility." -msgstr "" -"De acum fiecare utilizator care aparține grupului „fileshare” își poate " -"selecționa în gestionarul de fișiere directoarele pe care dorește să le " -"partajeze, însă nu toți gestionarii de fișiere dispun de această " -"funcționalitate." +msgstr "De acum fiecare utilizator care aparține grupului „fileshare” își poate selecționa în gestionarul de fișiere directoarele pe care dorește să le partajeze, însă nu toți gestionarii de fișiere dispun de această funcționalitate." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1 @@ -308,7 +243,8 @@ msgstr "Accesați discuri și directoare partajate prin NFS" msgid "diskdrake --nfs" msgstr "diskdrake --nfs" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png" @@ -321,11 +257,9 @@ msgstr "." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24 @@ -334,15 +268,9 @@ msgid "" "some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix " "systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. " -"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a " -"user with tools such as file browsers." -msgstr "" -"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să " -"faceți accesibile tuturor utilizatorilor de pe acest calculator anumite " -"directoare partajate. Protocolul utilizat în acest caz este NFS, care este " -"disponibil pentru majoritatea sistemelor Linux și Unix. Directoarele " -"partajate vor fi disponibile direct după pornire, cît și într-o sesiune cu " -"un singur utilizator folosind unelte precum exploratoarele de fișiere." +"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a" +" user with tools such as file browsers." +msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să faceți accesibile tuturor utilizatorilor de pe acest calculator anumite directoare partajate. Protocolul utilizat în acest caz este NFS, care este disponibil pentru majoritatea sistemelor Linux și Unix. Directoarele partajate vor fi disponibile direct după pornire, cît și într-o sesiune cu un singur utilizator folosind unelte precum exploratoarele de fișiere." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38 @@ -354,21 +282,17 @@ msgstr "Procedură" msgid "" "Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers " "which share directories." -msgstr "" -"Selectați <guibutton>caută servere</guibutton> pentru a obține lista " -"serverelor care partajează directoare." +msgstr "Selectați <guibutton>caută servere</guibutton> pentru a obține lista serverelor care partajează directoare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41 msgid "" "Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the " "shared directories and select the directory you want to access." -msgstr "" -"Faceți clic pe simbolul > din dreptul numelui serverului pentru a afișa " -"lista directoarelor partajate și selectați directorul pe care doriți să-l " -"accesați." +msgstr "Faceți clic pe simbolul > din dreptul numelui serverului pentru a afișa lista directoarelor partajate și selectați directorul pe care doriți să-l accesați." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47 msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" @@ -376,13 +300,12 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51 msgid "" -"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have " -"to specify where to mount the directory." -msgstr "" -"Butonul <guibutton>Punct de montare</guibutton> va fi disponibil și va " -"trebui să specificați unde doriți să montați directorul." +"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have" +" to specify where to mount the directory." +msgstr "Butonul <guibutton>Punct de montare</guibutton> va fi disponibil și va trebui să specificați unde doriți să montați directorul." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56 msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png" @@ -393,18 +316,16 @@ msgid "" "After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and " "change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After " "mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button." -msgstr "" -"După ce ați ales punctul de montare, îl puteți monta. De asemenea, puteți " -"verifica și modifica cîteva opțiuni cu butonul <guibutton>Opțiuni</" -"guibutton>. După ce ați montat directorul, îl puteți demonta cu același " -"buton." +msgstr "După ce ați ales punctul de montare, îl puteți monta. De asemenea, puteți verifica și modifica opțiunile cu butonul <guibutton>Opțiuni</guibutton>. După ce ați montat directorul, îl puteți demonta cu același buton." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73 msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" @@ -413,18 +334,14 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77 msgid "" "On accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will " -"displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". This " -"will make the directory available at each boot, if the network is " +"displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". This" +" will make the directory available at each boot, if the network is " "accessible. The new directory is then available in your file browser, for " "example in dolphin." -msgstr "" -"După ce acceptați configurația cu butonul „Gata”, un mesaj se va afișa " -"întrebîndu-vă dacă „Doriți să salvați modificările în /etc/fstab”. Aceasta " -"va face directorul să fie disponibil după fiecare pornire, cu condiția ca " -"rețeaua să fie accesibilă. Noul director va fi disponibil în exploratorul de " -"fișiere, precum dolphin spre exemplu." +msgstr "După ce acceptați configurația cu butonul „Gata”, un mesaj se va afișa întrebîndu-vă dacă „Doriți să salvați modificările în /etc/fstab”. Aceasta va face directorul să fie disponibil după fiecare pornire, cu condiția ca rețeaua să fie accesibilă. Noul director va fi disponibil în exploratorul de fișiere, precum dolphin spre exemplu." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85 msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png" @@ -439,7 +356,8 @@ msgstr "Inscriptoare CD/DVD" msgid "diskdrake --removable" msgstr "diskdrake --removable" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10 msgid "diskdrake--removable.png" msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" @@ -447,11 +365,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14 @@ -459,17 +375,12 @@ msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab " "Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your " "removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)." -msgstr "" -"Această unealtă <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>se află în " -"categoria „Discuri locale” din centrul de control Mageia și numită în " -"funcție de dispozitivul amovibil (numai unitățile de dischetă și cele de " -"citit și scris CD/DVD-uri)." +msgstr "Această unealtă <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>se află în categoria „Discuri locale” din centrul de control Mageia și numită în funcție de dispozitivul amovibil (numai unitățile de dischetă și cele de citit și scris CD/DVD-uri)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20 msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted." -msgstr "" -"Scopul ei este să definească modul în care dispozitivul amovibil este montat." +msgstr "Scopul ei este să definească modul în care dispozitivul amovibil este montat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22 @@ -478,11 +389,7 @@ msgid "" "the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. " "Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> " "button." -msgstr "" -"În partea de sus a ferestrei se află o scurtă descriere a dispozitivului și " -"opțiunile alese pentru a-l monta. Utilizați meniul din partea de jos pentru " -"a le schimba. Bifați elementul pe care doriți să-l modificați și apoi pe " -"butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." +msgstr "În partea de sus a ferestrei se află o scurtă descriere a dispozitivului și opțiunile alese pentru a-l monta. Utilizați meniul din partea de jos pentru a le schimba. Bifați elementul pe care doriți să-l modificați și apoi pe butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28 @@ -493,9 +400,7 @@ msgstr "Punct de montare" #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30 msgid "" "Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom." -msgstr "" -"Bifați această căsuță pentru a modifica punctul de montare. Cel implicit " -"este /media/cdrom." +msgstr "Bifați această căsuță pentru a modifica punctul de montare. Cel implicit este /media/cdrom." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66 @@ -505,11 +410,9 @@ msgstr "Opțiuni" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39 msgid "" -"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the " -"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" -msgstr "" -"Multe opțiuni de montare pot fi alese aici, fie direct din listă fie din " -"submeniul <guilabel>Avansat</guilabel>. Opțiunile principale sînt:" +"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the" +" <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" +msgstr "Multe opțiuni de montare pot fi alese aici, fie direct din listă fie din submeniul <guilabel>Avansat</guilabel>. Opțiunile principale sînt:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45 @@ -522,15 +425,12 @@ msgid "" "user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this " "option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is " "the only one who can umount it." -msgstr "" -"Utilizatorul autorizează un alt utilizator obișnuit (diferit de root) să " -"monteze discul amovibil, această opțiune implică noexec, nosuid și nodev. " -"Utilizatorul care a montat discul este singurul care-l poate demonta." +msgstr "Utilizatorul autorizează un alt utilizator obișnuit (diferit de root) să monteze discul amovibil, această opțiune implică noexec, nosuid și nodev. Utilizatorul care a montat discul este singurul care-l poate demonta." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11 msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories" -msgstr "Accesați discuri și directoare partajate cu Windows (SMB)" +msgstr "Accesați discuri și directoare partajate de Windows (SMB)" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14 @@ -540,11 +440,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake --smb" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23 @@ -553,54 +451,40 @@ msgid "" "which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) " "systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared " -"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with " -"tools such as file browsers." -msgstr "" -"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să " -"specificați care din directoarele partajate să fie accesibile tuturor " -"utilizatorilor de pe acest calculator. Protocolul utilizat în acest caz este " -"SMB, care este popularizat pentru sistemele Windows(R). Directoarele " -"partajate vor fi disponibile direct după pornire, cît și într-o sesiune cu " -"un singur utilizator folosind unelte precum exploratoarele de fișiere." +"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with" +" tools such as file browsers." +msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să specificați care din directoarele partajate să fie accesibile tuturor utilizatorilor de pe acest calculator. Protocolul utilizat în acest caz este SMB, care este cel mai popular pentru sistemele Windows(R). Directoarele partajate vor fi disponibile direct după pornire, cît și într-o sesiune cu un singur utilizator folosind unelte precum exploratoarele de fișiere." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33 msgid "" "Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of " "available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Înainte să lansați această unealtă este bine să declarați numele serverelor " -"disponibile, de exemplu <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" +msgstr "Înainte să lansați această unealtă este bine să declarați numele serverelor disponibile, de exemplu <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40 msgid "" -"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who " -"share directories." -msgstr "" -"Selectați <guibutton>caută servere</guibutton> pentru a obține lista " -"serverelor care partajează directoare." +"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who" +" share directories." +msgstr "Selectați <guibutton>caută servere</guibutton> pentru a obține lista serverelor care partajează directoare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43 msgid "" "Click on the server name and on > before the server name to display the " "list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access." -msgstr "" -"Faceți clic pe numele serverului și pe > din dreptul numelui serverului " -"pentru a afișa lista directoarelor partajate și selectați directorul pe care " -"doriți să-l accesați." +msgstr "Faceți clic pe numele serverului și pe > din dreptul numelui serverului pentru a afișa lista directoarelor partajate și selectați directorul pe care doriți să-l accesați." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47 msgid "" "The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you " "have to specify where to mount the directory." -msgstr "" -"Butonul <guibutton>Punct de montare</guibutton> va fi disponibil și va " -"trebui să specificați unde doriți să montați directorul." +msgstr "Butonul <guibutton>Punct de montare</guibutton> va fi disponibil și va trebui să specificați unde doriți să montați directorul." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52 msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png" @@ -611,10 +495,7 @@ msgid "" "After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount " "button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the " "<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" -"După ce ați ales punctul de montare, poate fi montat cu <guimenu>butonul de " -"montare</guimenu>. De asemenea, puteți verifica și modifica unele opțiuni cu " -"butonul <guibutton>Opțiuni</guibutton>." +msgstr "După ce ați ales punctul de montare, poate fi montat cu <guimenu>butonul de montare</guimenu>. De asemenea, puteți verifica și modifica unele opțiuni cu butonul <guibutton>Opțiuni</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60 @@ -622,17 +503,16 @@ msgid "" "In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to " "connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it " "with the same button." -msgstr "" -"În opțiuni puteți specifica numele de utilizator și parola al acelora care " -"se pot conecta la serverul SMB. După ce ați montat directorul, îl puteți " -"demonta cu același buton." +msgstr "În opțiuni puteți specifica numele și parola utilizatorilor care se pot conecta la serverul SMB. După ce ați montat directorul, îl puteți demonta cu același buton." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66 msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72 msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png" @@ -643,15 +523,12 @@ msgid "" "After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask " "\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow " "directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The " -"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin." -msgstr "" -"După ce acceptați configurația cu butonul „Gata”, un mesaj se va afișa " -"întrebîndu-vă dacă „Doriți să salvați modificările în /etc/fstab”. Salvarea " -"va face directorul să fie disponibil după fiecare pornire, cu condiția ca " -"rețeaua să fie accesibilă. Noul director va fi disponibil în exploratorul de " -"fișiere, precum dolphin spre exemplu." +"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in " +"dolphin." +msgstr "După ce acceptați configurația cu butonul „Gata”, un mesaj se va afișa întrebîndu-vă dacă „Doriți să salvați modificările în /etc/fstab”. Salvarea va face directorul să fie disponibil după fiecare pornire, cu condiția ca rețeaua să fie accesibilă. Noul director va fi disponibil în exploratorul de fișiere, precum dolphin spre exemplu." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84 msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png" @@ -666,7 +543,8 @@ msgstr "Efecte de birou 3D" msgid "drak3d" msgstr "drak3d" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:10 msgid "drak3d.png" msgstr "drak3d.png" @@ -674,11 +552,9 @@ msgstr "drak3d.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:18 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:17 @@ -686,10 +562,7 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D " "desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by " "default." -msgstr "" -"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să " -"gestionați efectele de birou 3D ale acestui sistem de operare. Acestea sînt " -"dezactivate în mod implicit." +msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să gestionați efectele de birou 3D din acest sistem de operare. Acestea sînt dezactivate în mod implicit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:25 @@ -702,28 +575,30 @@ msgid "" "To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the " "package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can " "start." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pentru a utiliza această unealtă trebuie să aveți instalat pachetul glxinfo. Dacă nu este instalat, veți fi invitat s-o faceți înainte ca drak3d să se poată lansa." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:31 msgid "" "After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window. Here you " "can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or " -"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/" -"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your " -"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on." -msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a " +"composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special " +"effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn " +"it on." +msgstr "După lansarea drak3d, vi-se va prezenta o fereastră cu un meniu în care puteți alege între <guilabel>Fătă efecte de birou 3D</guilabel> sau <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion este partea din gestionarul de ferestre compozit care include efectele speciale accelerate material pentru mediul de birou. Alegeți <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> pentru a-l activa." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:38 msgid "" "If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of " -"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be " -"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</" -"guibutton> button to continue." -msgstr "" +"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be" +" installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the " +"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue." +msgstr "Dacă utilizați pentru prima oară acest program după o nouă instalare de Mageia, veți primi un mesaj de avertizare care vă va spune care pachete trebuiesc să fie instalate pentru a putea utiliza Compiz Fusion. Apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pentru a continua." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:45 msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" @@ -734,14 +609,14 @@ msgid "" "Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz " "Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in " "for the changes to take effect." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odată ce au fost instalate pachetele adecvate, veți remarca faptul că în meniul drak3d este selecționat Compiz Fusion, însă trebuie să vă deautentificați și reautentificați ca schimbările să fie luate în considerare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:53 msgid "" "After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz " "Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager) tool." -msgstr "" +msgstr "După ce vă reautentificați, Compiz Fusion va fi activat. Pentru a configura Compiz Fusion consultați pagina uneltei ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:59 @@ -759,9 +634,10 @@ msgid "" "If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop " "but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in " "screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dacă după ce ați activat Compiz Fusion și încercați să vă reautentificați însă nu vedeți nimic, reporniți calculatorul pentru a reveni la ecranul de autentificare. Odată acolo, faceți clic pe pictograma biroului și selectați drak3d." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:71 msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" @@ -771,9 +647,9 @@ msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" msgid "" "When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be " "prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login " -"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the " -"log in problem." -msgstr "" +"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the" +" log in problem." +msgstr "Cînd vă autentificați, dacă contul vostru este recunoscut ca administrator, veți fi invitat să vă tastați parola din nou. În caz contrar, conectați-vă ca administrator cu contul său. Apoi puteți anula toate modificările care ar fi putut crea probleme la autentificare." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakauth.xml:9 @@ -785,7 +661,8 @@ msgstr "Autentificare" msgid "drakauth" msgstr "drakauth" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakauth.xml:16 msgid "drakauth.png" msgstr "drakauth.png" @@ -793,19 +670,16 @@ msgstr "drakauth.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the " -"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." -msgstr "" -"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să " -"modificați modul în care puteți fi recunoscut ca utilizator al " -"calculatorului sau în rețea." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the" +" manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." +msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să modificați modul în care puteți fi recunoscut ca utilizator al calculatorului sau în rețea." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:25 @@ -813,7 +687,7 @@ msgid "" "By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your " "computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so " "and give information about that." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Implicit, informațiile despre autentificare sînt stocate într-un fișier de pe acest calculator. Nu le modificați decît dacă administratorul de rețea vă invită s-o faceți și vă oferă informațiile necesare în această privință." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:3 @@ -825,7 +699,8 @@ msgstr "Configurați pornirea sistemului" msgid "drakboot --boot" msgstr "drakboot --boot" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:10 msgid "drakboot--boot.png" msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" @@ -833,9 +708,9 @@ msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15 en/drakboot--boot.xml:126 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 @@ -843,10 +718,7 @@ msgid "" "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default " "boot, etc.)" -msgstr "" -"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să " -"configurați opțiunile de pornire (alegerea încărcătorului de sistem, " -"definirea unei parole, opțiunea de demaraj implicită, etc.)." +msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să configurați opțiunile de pornire (alegerea încărcătorului de sistem, definirea unei parole, opțiunea de demaraj implicită, etc.)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19 @@ -865,13 +737,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28 msgid "" -"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to " -"choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " +"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to" +" choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " "with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are " -"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot device</" -"guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The boot " -"device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can prevent " -"you machine from booting." +"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot " +"device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The" +" boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can " +"prevent you machine from booting." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -879,8 +751,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set " "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. " -"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating " -"systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " +"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating" +" systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " "bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses." msgstr "" @@ -932,8 +804,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 msgid "" -"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</" -"guibutton>" +"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local " +"APIC:</guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -945,8 +817,8 @@ msgid "" "to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful " "for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC " "system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message " -"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local " -"APIC." +"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local" +" APIC." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -958,11 +830,12 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80 msgid "" "If checked, this option will empty the /tmp directory at each boot, " -"preventing it from become too big and clearing the trackings that don't need " -"to be kept." +"preventing it from become too big and clearing the trackings that don't need" +" to be kept." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:86 msgid "drakboot1.png" msgstr "drakboot1.png" @@ -971,15 +844,16 @@ msgstr "drakboot1.png" #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:90 msgid "" "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the " -"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the " -"order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the " +"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the" +" order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the " "selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or " "<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new " -"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar " -"with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." +"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar" +" with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:100 msgid "drakboot2.png" msgstr "drakboot2.png" @@ -1031,14 +905,15 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakboot.xml:3 msgid "Set up autologin to automatically log in" -msgstr "Configurează auto-autentificarea pentru autentificare automată" +msgstr "Configurează autentificarea automată" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakboot.xml:6 msgid "drakboot" msgstr "drakboot" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot.xml:11 msgid "drakboot.png" msgstr "drakboot.png" @@ -1046,9 +921,9 @@ msgstr "drakboot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:15 @@ -1057,12 +932,7 @@ msgid "" "automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without " "asking for any password. It's called autologin. This is generally a good " "idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine." -msgstr "" -"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să " -"autentificați în mod automat același utilizator, în mediul său de birou, " -"fără să se ceară vreo parolă. Se numește autentificare automată. Acest lucru " -"poate fi în general o idee bună dacă mașina este folosită de un singur " -"utilizator." +msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să autentificați în mod automat același utilizator, în mediul său de birou, fără să se ceară vreo parolă. Se numește autentificare automată. Acest lucru poate fi în general o idee bună dacă mașina este folosită de un singur utilizator." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:22 @@ -1079,18 +949,18 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:28 msgid "" -"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</" -"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If " -"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible " -"to launch the graphic interface manually." +"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system " +"starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the " +"boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be " +"possible to launch the graphic interface manually." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:33 msgid "" "If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either " -"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to " -"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " +"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to" +" continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " "<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if " "needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default " "username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>." @@ -1109,33 +979,31 @@ msgstr "drakbug_report" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line." -msgstr "" -"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> poate fi lansată și " -"utilizată numai în linie de comandă." +msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> poate fi lansată și utilizată numai în linie de comandă." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:20 msgid "" -"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by " -"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, " -"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be " -"several GBs large." +"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by" +" doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > " +"drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, but make sure you have enough disk space " +"first: the file can easily be several GBs large." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:24 msgid "" -"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing " -"the unneeded parts." +"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing" +" the unneeded parts." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1313,11 +1181,11 @@ msgstr "df" msgid "" "At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this " "command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to " -"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" " -"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</" -"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take " -"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." +"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\"" +" by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > " +"journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, " +"for instance, take the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1330,7 +1198,8 @@ msgstr "Utilitarul Mageia de raportat erori" msgid "drakbug" msgstr "drakbug" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakbug.xml:15 msgid "drakbug.png" msgstr "drakbug.png" @@ -1338,26 +1207,28 @@ msgstr "drakbug.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" "Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts " -"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, " -"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of " -"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report." +"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that," +" after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some " +"of the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug " +"report." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:21 msgid "" "If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, " -"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> " -"before clicking on the \"Report\" button." +"then please read <link " +"xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How " +"to report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the \"Report\" " +"button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1378,7 +1249,8 @@ msgstr "Reglați data și ora" msgid "drakclock" msgstr "drakclock" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakclock.xml:10 msgid "drakclock.png" msgstr "drakclock.png" @@ -1386,17 +1258,17 @@ msgstr "drakclock.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab " -"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time" -"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right " -"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." +"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and " +"time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a " +"right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1408,8 +1280,8 @@ msgstr "Este un utilitar foarte simplu." #: en/drakclock.xml:23 msgid "" "On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. " -"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on " -"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " +"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on" +" the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " "(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or " "2012). Select the day by clicking on its number." msgstr "" @@ -1417,9 +1289,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:29 msgid "" -"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</" -"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by " -"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " +"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time " +"Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on " +"time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " "Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server." msgstr "" @@ -1428,9 +1300,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's " "useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, " -"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows " -"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see " -"your desktop environment settings for that." +"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows" +" to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see" +" your desktop environment settings for that." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1444,8 +1316,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:45 msgid "" -"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they " -"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " +"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they" +" will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " "settings." msgstr "" @@ -1459,7 +1331,8 @@ msgstr "Înlăturați o conexiune" msgid "drakconnect --del" msgstr "drakconnect --del" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8 msgid "drakconnect--del.png" msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" @@ -1467,15 +1340,15 @@ msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" -"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" -"\"0\"/>." +"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " +"id=\"0\"/>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1502,7 +1375,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "drakconnect" msgstr "drakconnect" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:11 msgid "drakconnect.png" msgstr "drakconnect.png" @@ -1510,9 +1384,9 @@ msgstr "drakconnect.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:18 @@ -1553,56 +1427,65 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Automatic IP" msgstr "IP automat" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:48 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " -"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " +"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers" +" are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " -"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " -"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " -"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " -"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," +" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." +" The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers" +" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:62 msgid "drakconnect5.png" msgstr "drakconnect5.png" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572 msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576 msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581 msgid "the DHCP client" msgstr "Clientul DHCP" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585 msgid "DHCP timeout" msgstr "Durată de expirare DHCP" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594 msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599 msgid "" "the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server " @@ -1610,7 +1493,8 @@ msgid "" "This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241 msgid "" "After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection " @@ -1622,7 +1506,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Manual configuration" msgstr "Configurare manuală" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:115 msgid "" "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS " @@ -1631,27 +1516,30 @@ msgid "" "attributed by default." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like " -"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" -"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service " -"provider's website." +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " +"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " +"available from your service provider's website." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:126 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" -"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " -"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " -"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " -"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need " -"this setting." +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " +"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " +"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " +"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". " +"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, " +"domestic ADSL would not need this setting." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:136 msgid "drakconnect30.png" msgstr "drakconnect30.png" @@ -1672,9 +1560,10 @@ msgstr "O nouă conexiune prin satelit (DVB)" #: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203 msgid "" -"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you" +" can write this help, please contact <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " +"team.</link> Thanking you in advance." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -1687,53 +1576,59 @@ msgstr "O nouă conexiune prin cablu" msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:176 msgid "None" msgstr "Neant" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:180 msgid "" -"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name " -"and password." +"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name" +" and password." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:191 msgid "" "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " "are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " -"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " -"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " -"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " -"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," +" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." +" The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers" +" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:252 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers " -"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " +"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers" +" to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " "is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " "attributed by default." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:263 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" -"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " -"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " -"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " -"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not " -"need this setting." +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " +"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " +"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " +"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". " +"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, " +"domestic connection would not need this setting." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:273 msgid "drakconnect32.png" msgstr "drakconnect32.png" @@ -1754,8 +1649,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" -"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " +"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1763,27 +1658,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select one of the protocols available:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:307 msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)" msgstr "Protocol de configurare dinamică a gazdei (DHCP)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:311 msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration" msgstr "Configurare TCP/IP manuală" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:315 msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)" msgstr "PPP peste ADSL (PPPoA)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:319 msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)" msgstr "PPP peste Ethernet (PPPoE)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:323 msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)" msgstr "Protocol de tunel punct la punct (PPTP)" @@ -1793,22 +1693,26 @@ msgstr "Protocol de tunel punct la punct (PPTP)" msgid "Access settings" msgstr "Parametri de acces" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678 msgid "Account Login (user name)" msgstr "Cont de conectare (numele utilizatorului)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682 msgid "Account password" msgstr "Parola contului" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:341 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)" msgstr "(Avansat) ID de cale virtuală (VPI)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:345 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)" msgstr "(Avansat) ID de circuit virtual (VCI)" @@ -1828,12 +1732,14 @@ msgstr "O nouă conexiune prin ISDN" msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:365 msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)" msgstr "Alegere manuală (placă internă ISDN)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:369 msgid "External ISDN modem" msgstr "Modem ISDN extern" @@ -1845,12 +1751,14 @@ msgid "" "Select your card." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:384 msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:389 msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)" msgstr "" @@ -1859,27 +1767,31 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakconnect.xml:395 msgid "" "A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" -"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is " -"asked for parameters:" +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " +"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave " +"you. Then it is asked for parameters:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:402 msgid "Connection name" msgstr "Numele conexiunii" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:406 msgid "Phone number" msgstr "Număr de telefon " -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:410 msgid "Login ID" msgstr "ID de autentificare" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:418 msgid "Authentication method" msgstr "Metoda de autentificare" @@ -1895,21 +1807,24 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakconnect.xml:430 msgid "" "The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by " -"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to " -"put:" +"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to" +" put:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:436 msgid "Domain name" msgstr "Nume de domeniu" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:440 msgid "First and second DNS Server" msgstr "Serverul DNS primar și secundar" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:444 msgid "" "Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you " @@ -1919,9 +1834,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:452 msgid "" -"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic " -"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the " -"IP address." +"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic" +" or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter " +"the IP address." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -1949,74 +1864,89 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:484 msgid "drakconnect31.png" msgstr "drakconnect31.png" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:490 msgid "Operating mode:" msgstr "Mod de operare:" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:494 msgid "Managed" msgstr "Gestionat" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:497 msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:503 msgid "Ad-Hoc" msgstr "Ad-Hoc" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:506 msgid "To configure direct connection between computers." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:514 msgid "Network Name (ESSID)" msgstr "Numele rețelei (ESSID)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:518 msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:523 msgid "WPA/WPA2" msgstr "WPA/WPA2" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:526 msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:532 msgid "WEP" msgstr "WEP" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:535 msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:543 msgid "Encryption key" msgstr "Cheia de criptare" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:545 -msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." +msgid "" +"It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2026,7 +1956,8 @@ msgid "" "manual IP address." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:561 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are " @@ -2038,41 +1969,46 @@ msgid "" "DHCP server</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:589 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:608 msgid "" "After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all " "connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:619 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " -"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," +" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:625 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address always looks like " -"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" -"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers " -"website." +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " +"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " +"available from your providers website." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:630 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" -"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the " -"period." +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " +"domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, " +"before the period." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -2104,7 +2040,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Provide access settings" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:674 msgid "Access Point Name" msgstr "Numele punctului de acces" @@ -2119,12 +2056,14 @@ msgstr "O nouă conexiune prin rețea comutată Bluetooth" msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)" msgstr "O nouă conexiune prin Modem analogic (POTS)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:710 msgid "Manual choice" msgstr "Alegere manuală" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:714 msgid "Detected hardware, if any." msgstr "Componente detectate, dacă există." @@ -2145,57 +2084,67 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakconnect.xml:729 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" -"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked " -"for Dialup options:" +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " +"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." +" Then it is asked for Dialup options:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:736 msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Numele conexiunii</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:740 msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:744 msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:748 msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:752 msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:756 msgid "PAP/CHAP" msgstr "PAP/CHAP" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:760 msgid "Script-based" msgstr "Bazat pe script" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:764 msgid "PAP" msgstr "PAP" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:768 msgid "Terminal-based" msgstr "Bazat pe terminal" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:772 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "CHAP" @@ -2271,7 +2220,8 @@ msgid "" "immediately or not." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:841 msgid "drakconnect9.png" msgstr "drakconnect9.png" @@ -2286,7 +2236,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "drakconsole" msgstr "drakconsole" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconsole.xml:10 msgid "drakconsole.png" msgstr "drakconsole.png" @@ -2294,16 +2245,16 @@ msgstr "drakconsole.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a " -"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more " -"information about that." +"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more" +" information about that." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2316,7 +2267,8 @@ msgstr "Gestionați partițiile" msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake" msgstr "drakdisk sau diskdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:15 msgid "drakdiskBackup.png" msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" @@ -2324,10 +2276,10 @@ msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> " -"as root." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> sau <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:20 @@ -2335,8 +2287,8 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny " "error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a " "partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll " -"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</" -"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." +"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on " +"<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2346,7 +2298,8 @@ msgid "" "want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:35 msgid "drakdisk.png" msgstr "drakdisk.png" @@ -2356,10 +2309,11 @@ msgstr "drakdisk.png" msgid "" "You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your " "preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, " -"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a " -"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</" -"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, " -"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition." +"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a" +" partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear " +"all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete " +"disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a " +"partition." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2389,7 +2343,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:63 msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" @@ -2402,7 +2357,8 @@ msgid "" "seen in the screenshot below." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:73 msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" @@ -2417,7 +2373,8 @@ msgstr "Configurați interfața grafică" msgid "drakedm" msgstr "drakedm" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakedm.xml:12 msgid "drakedm.png" msgstr "drakedm.png" @@ -2425,16 +2382,16 @@ msgstr "drakedm.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:16 msgid "" "Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display " -"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available " -"on your system will be shown." +"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available" +" on your system will be shown." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2455,7 +2412,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "drakfirewall" msgstr "drakfirewall" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:10 msgid "drakfirewall.png" msgstr "drakfirewall.png" @@ -2463,9 +2421,9 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:14 @@ -2481,8 +2439,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming " "connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the " -"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection " -"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " +"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection" +" attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " "<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable " "the firewall, and only check the needed services." msgstr "" @@ -2518,7 +2476,8 @@ msgid "" "checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:44 msgid "drakfirewall2.png" msgstr "drakfirewall2.png" @@ -2539,9 +2498,9 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second " "box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure " "somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards " -"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot " -"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be " -"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." +"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot" +" below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to " +"be warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2549,12 +2508,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:69 msgid "drakfirewall3.png" msgstr "drakfirewall3.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:75 msgid "drakfirewall4.png" msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" @@ -2563,8 +2524,8 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" #: en/drakfirewall.xml:79 msgid "" "In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the " -"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary " -"packages are downloaded." +"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary" +" packages are downloaded." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> @@ -2584,7 +2545,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "drakfont" msgstr "drakfont" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfont.xml:11 msgid "drakfont.png" msgstr "drakfont.png" @@ -2592,9 +2554,9 @@ msgstr "drakfont.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:15 @@ -2628,8 +2590,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:38 msgid "" -"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You " -"must have Microsoft Windows installed." +"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You" +" must have Microsoft Windows installed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2640,8 +2602,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:43 msgid "" -"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able " -"to use the fonts." +"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able" +" to use the fonts." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2667,10 +2629,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The " "supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the " -"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when " -"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select " +"the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> " +"when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2690,7 +2652,8 @@ msgstr "Control parental" msgid "drakguard" msgstr "drakguard" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakguard.xml:10 msgid "drakguard.png" msgstr "drakguard.png" @@ -2698,17 +2661,17 @@ msgstr "drakguard.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " -"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</" -"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard " -"package (not installed by default)." +"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental " +"Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the " +"drakguard package (not installed by default)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -2734,17 +2697,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:35 msgid "" -"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can " -"only execute what you accept them to execute." +"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can" +" only execute what you accept them to execute." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:40 msgid "" -"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/" -"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To " -"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker " -"DansGuardian." +"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through " +"blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the " +"website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental " +"control blocker DansGuardian." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -2759,18 +2722,18 @@ msgid "" "Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on " "your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel " "feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named " -"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by " -"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this " -"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will " -"then suggest you reboot." +"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by" +" an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to " +"this prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and" +" will then suggest you reboot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:61 msgid "" "<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental " -"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab " -"is opened." +"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab" +" is opened." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -2822,8 +2785,8 @@ msgstr "Secțiunea programelor blocate" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:92 msgid "" -"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to " -"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " +"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to" +" restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " "applications you wish to block." msgstr "" @@ -2844,7 +2807,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "drakgw" msgstr "drakgw" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:17 msgid "drakgw.png" msgstr "drakgw.png" @@ -2854,7 +2818,8 @@ msgstr "drakgw.png" msgid "Principles" msgstr "Principii" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:29 msgid "drakgw-net.png" msgstr "drakgw-net.png" @@ -2886,9 +2851,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:48 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:47 @@ -2915,16 +2880,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:66 msgid "" -"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes " -"one, check that this is correct." +"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes" +" one, check that this is correct." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:71 msgid "" -"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask " -"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual " -"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." +"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask" +" and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual" +" configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2939,8 +2904,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakgw.xml:84 msgid "" "specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard " -"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure " -"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." +"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure" +" it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2976,8 +2941,8 @@ msgid "" "If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to " "specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address " "automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting " -"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is " -"using." +"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is" +" using." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -2997,7 +2962,8 @@ msgstr "Opriți partajarea conexiunii" #: en/drakgw.xml:125 msgid "" "If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch " -"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing." +"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the " +"sharing." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3010,7 +2976,8 @@ msgstr "Definiții de gazde" msgid "drakhosts" msgstr "drakhosts" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakhosts.xml:10 msgid "drakhosts.png" msgstr "drakhosts.png" @@ -3018,9 +2985,9 @@ msgstr "drakhosts.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:14 @@ -3066,7 +3033,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "drakinvictus" msgstr "drakinvictus" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:8 msgid "drakinvictus.png" msgstr "drakinvictus.png" @@ -3079,16 +3047,17 @@ msgstr "drakinvictus.png" #: en/drakxservices.xml:12 en/msecgui.xml:12 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +"can write this help, please contact <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " +"team.</link> Thanking you in advance." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:10 @@ -3100,7 +3069,8 @@ msgstr "Centrul de rețea și Internet" msgid "draknetcenter" msgstr "draknetcenter" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:17 msgid "draknetcenter.png" msgstr "draknetcenter.png" @@ -3108,9 +3078,9 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:21 @@ -3124,30 +3094,34 @@ msgstr "" #: en/draknetcenter.xml:31 msgid "" "When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks " -"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, " -"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending " -"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its " -"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a " -"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, " -"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." +"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite," +" etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, " +"depending on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, " +"change its settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to " +"create a network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface " +"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" @@ -3157,27 +3131,27 @@ msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgid "" "In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the " "first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " -"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type=" -"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type=" -"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, " -"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not " -"connected." +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder" +" type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " +"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network " +"types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not" +" connected." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:62 msgid "" "In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected " -"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</" -"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the " -"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either " -"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or " -"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to " -"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window " -"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in " -"particular)." +"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal " +"strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and " +"the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then " +"either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> " +"or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network " +"to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings " +"window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption " +"key in particular)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3185,7 +3159,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:76 msgid "draknetcenter1.png" msgstr "draknetcenter1.png" @@ -3195,7 +3170,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter1.png" msgid "The Monitor button" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:88 msgid "draknetcenter4.png" msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" @@ -3205,8 +3181,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" msgid "" "This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the " "PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is " -"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray " -"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>." +"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray" +" -> Monitor Network</guimenu>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3220,8 +3196,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:102 msgid "" -"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</" -"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." +"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic " +"accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -3234,7 +3210,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:114 msgid "draknetcenter2.png" msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" @@ -3244,8 +3221,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" msgid "" "It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. " "Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> " -"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual " -"configuration may give better results." +"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual" +" configuration may give better results." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3269,8 +3246,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:133 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:" -"</emphasis>" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network " +"Manager:</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3278,7 +3255,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:148 msgid "draknetcenter5.png" msgstr "draknetcenter5.png" @@ -3293,7 +3271,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:158 msgid "draknetcenter3.png" msgstr "draknetcenter3.png" @@ -3326,8 +3305,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:175 msgid "" -"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a " -"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " +"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a" +" passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " "personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used " "in private networks." msgstr "" @@ -3344,7 +3323,8 @@ msgid "" "point while remaining connected to the network." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:193 msgid "draknetcenter6.png" msgstr "draknetcenter6.png" @@ -3354,7 +3334,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter6.png" msgid "The Advanced Settings button" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:209 msgid "draknetcenter7.png" msgstr "draknetcenter7.png" @@ -3369,7 +3350,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "draknetprofile" msgstr "draknetprofile" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:8 msgid "draknetprofile.png" msgstr "draknetprofile.png" @@ -3377,9 +3359,9 @@ msgstr "draknetprofile.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:9 @@ -3391,7 +3373,8 @@ msgstr "Partajați discuri și directoare via NFS" msgid "draknfs" msgstr "draknfs" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:16 msgid "draknfs.png" msgstr "draknfs.png" @@ -3404,20 +3387,21 @@ msgstr "Cerințe preliminare" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:27 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:26 msgid "" -"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the " -"first time, it may display the following message:" +"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the" +" first time, it may display the following message:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:33 -msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" +msgid "" +"The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3452,7 +3436,8 @@ msgid "" "available." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:58 msgid "draknfs4.png" msgstr "draknfs4.png" @@ -3525,24 +3510,24 @@ msgstr "Asociere ID utilizator" msgid "" "<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid " "0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client " -"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on " -"the server itself." +"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on" +" the server itself." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:103 msgid "" -"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. " -"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." +"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing." +" This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:107 msgid "" -"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids " -"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " -"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID " -"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." +"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids" +" to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " +"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID" +" mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> @@ -3561,8 +3546,8 @@ msgstr "Opțiuni avansate" #: en/draknfs.xml:120 msgid "" "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests " -"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option " -"is on by default." +"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option" +" is on by default." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> @@ -3600,7 +3585,8 @@ msgstr "Intrări de meniu" msgid "So far the list has at least one entry." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:147 msgid "draknfs5.png" msgstr "draknfs5.png" @@ -3634,7 +3620,8 @@ msgstr "Reîncărcare server NFS" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229 msgid "" -"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files." +"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration " +"files." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3647,7 +3634,8 @@ msgstr "Proxy" msgid "drakproxy" msgstr "drakproxy" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakproxy.xml:17 msgid "drakproxy.png" msgstr "drakproxy.png" @@ -3655,25 +3643,25 @@ msgstr "drakproxy.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:22 msgid "" "If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use " -"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net " -"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " +"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net" +" administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " "some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:30 msgid "" -"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a " -"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts as " -"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " +"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a" +" proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts " +"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " "servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, " "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " "different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " @@ -3690,7 +3678,8 @@ msgstr "Configurează mediile" msgid "drakrpm-edit-media" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:16 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" @@ -3698,10 +3687,10 @@ msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:21 msgid "" -"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as " -"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources " -"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button " -"below)." +"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as" +" repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources" +" to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button" +" below)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note> @@ -3729,9 +3718,9 @@ msgstr "</note>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:35 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 @@ -3835,8 +3824,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:96 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests " -"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests" +" of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " "corrections." msgstr "" @@ -3881,8 +3870,8 @@ msgid "" "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories " "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button " "adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that " -"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a " -"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " +"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a" +" specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " "from the drop-down \"File\" menu." msgstr "" @@ -3895,9 +3884,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:130 msgid "" "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list " -"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same " -"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will " -"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." +"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same" +" release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release " +"will be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -3913,8 +3902,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:142 msgid "" -"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and " -"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." +"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and" +" click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3926,15 +3915,16 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147 msgid "" "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's " -"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the " -"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " +"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the" +" actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " "Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose " "between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the " "<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by " "clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:158 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" @@ -3959,7 +3949,8 @@ msgid "" "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" @@ -3980,9 +3971,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:182 msgid "" -"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed" -"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to " -"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " +"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" " +"(always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define " +"the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " "default-, update only, always or never)." msgstr "" @@ -3994,11 +3985,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 msgid "" -"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate " -"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the " -"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</" -"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on " -"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." +"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate" +" the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In " +"the window that appear, select a medium and then click on " +"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click " +"on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> @@ -4015,8 +4006,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:199 msgid "" "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it " -"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if " -"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>." +"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if" +" necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and " +"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -4029,7 +4021,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "draksambashare" msgstr "draksambashare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:18 msgid "draksambashare.png" msgstr "draksambashare.png" @@ -4068,19 +4061,20 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:53 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold" -"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis " +"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:52 msgid "" -"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks " -"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " +"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks" +" if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " "not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:61 msgid "draksambashare0.png" msgstr "draksambashare0.png" @@ -4092,7 +4086,8 @@ msgid "" "selected." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:71 msgid "draksambashare1.png" msgstr "draksambashare1.png" @@ -4100,8 +4095,8 @@ msgstr "draksambashare1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:77 msgid "" -"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the " -"access to the shared resources." +"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the" +" access to the shared resources." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -4111,7 +4106,8 @@ msgid "" "the network." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:85 msgid "draksambashare2.png" msgstr "draksambashare2.png" @@ -4142,7 +4138,8 @@ msgid "" "address or host name." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:110 msgid "draksambashare3.png" msgstr "draksambashare3.png" @@ -4154,7 +4151,8 @@ msgid "" "described in the Windows workstations." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:120 msgid "draksambashare4.png" msgstr "draksambashare4.png" @@ -4165,7 +4163,8 @@ msgid "" "The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:131 msgid "draksambashare5.png" msgstr "draksambashare5.png" @@ -4174,11 +4173,12 @@ msgstr "draksambashare5.png" #: en/draksambashare.xml:137 msgid "" "The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the " -"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/" -"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." +"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in " +"<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:143 msgid "draksambashare6.png" msgstr "draksambashare6.png" @@ -4188,7 +4188,8 @@ msgstr "draksambashare6.png" msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:155 msgid "draksambashare13.png" msgstr "draksambashare13.png" @@ -4221,7 +4222,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:179 msgid "draksambashare15.png" msgstr "draksambashare15.png" @@ -4229,13 +4231,14 @@ msgstr "draksambashare15.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:184 msgid "" -"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</" -"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is " -"visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share name can not be " -"modified." +"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the " +"<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether" +" the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share " +"name can not be modified." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:191 msgid "draksambashare16.png" msgstr "draksambashare16.png" @@ -4280,7 +4283,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:241 msgid "draksambashare17.png" msgstr "" @@ -4298,7 +4302,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Samba users" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:253 msgid "draksambashare18.png" msgstr "" @@ -4321,7 +4326,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "draksec" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksec.xml:11 msgid "draksec.png" msgstr "" @@ -4329,9 +4335,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksec.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:15 @@ -4387,7 +4393,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "draksnapshot-config" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18 msgid "draksnapshot-config.png" msgstr "" @@ -4395,16 +4402,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's " -"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</" -"guilabel> section." +"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration " +"tools</guilabel> section." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4419,9 +4426,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31 msgid "" "Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the " -"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</" -"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the " -"whole system</guilabel>." +"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable " +"Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, " +"<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4429,21 +4436,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose " "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the " -"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to " -"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " -"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</" -"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen " -"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included " -"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done." +"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to" +" the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " +"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the " +"<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from" +" the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> " +"be included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you " +"are done." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41 msgid "" "Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the " -"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted " -"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/" -"your_user_name/</emphasis>." +"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted" +" USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4461,7 +4469,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "draksound" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:10 msgid "draksound.png" msgstr "" @@ -4469,9 +4478,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksound.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:14 @@ -4491,8 +4500,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:23 msgid "" -"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a " -"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card." +"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a" +" driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound " +"card." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -4506,10 +4516,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:33 msgid "" -"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound " -"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting " -"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio " -"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." +"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound" +" inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the " +"resulting sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> " +"PulseAudio volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4533,7 +4543,8 @@ msgid "" "buttons:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:49 msgid "Draksound1.png" msgstr "" @@ -4563,7 +4574,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "drakups" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakups.xml:8 msgid "drakups.png" msgstr "" @@ -4571,9 +4583,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakups.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakvpn.xml:3 @@ -4585,7 +4597,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "drakvpn" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:11 msgid "drakvpn1.png" msgstr "" @@ -4593,9 +4606,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:18 @@ -4635,7 +4648,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For Cisco VPN" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:48 msgid "drakvpn3.png" msgstr "" @@ -4647,7 +4661,8 @@ msgid "" "first time the tool is used." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:59 msgid "drakvpn7.png" msgstr "" @@ -4664,7 +4679,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Advanced parameters:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:68 msgid "drakvpn8.png" msgstr "" @@ -4685,8 +4701,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakvpn.xml:79 msgid "" "This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network " -"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect " -"to this VPN." +"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect" +" to this VPN." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -4699,7 +4715,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "drakwizard apache2" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png" msgstr "" @@ -4707,9 +4724,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3 @@ -4721,7 +4738,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "drakwizard bind" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_bind.png" msgstr "" @@ -4729,9 +4747,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3 @@ -4743,7 +4761,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png" msgstr "" @@ -4751,9 +4770,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:3 @@ -4765,7 +4784,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "drakwizard ntp" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:12 msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png" msgstr "" @@ -4773,16 +4793,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:16 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the " -"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed " -"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " +"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed" +" by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " "packages." msgstr "" @@ -4794,12 +4814,14 @@ msgid "" "because this server always points to available time servers." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:28 msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:34 msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png" msgstr "" @@ -4817,14 +4839,15 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:48 msgid "" -"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you " -"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " +"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you" +" arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " "using the <guibutton>Previous </guibutton>button. If everything is right, " "click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It " "may take a while and you finally get this screen below:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:56 msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png" msgstr "" @@ -4844,7 +4867,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "drakwizard proftpd" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png" msgstr "" @@ -4852,9 +4876,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:3 @@ -4866,7 +4890,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "drakwizard squid" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_squid.png" msgstr "" @@ -4874,9 +4899,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3 @@ -4888,7 +4913,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "drakwizard sshd" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png" msgstr "" @@ -4896,9 +4922,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakxservices.xml:3 @@ -4910,7 +4936,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "drakxservices" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakxservices.xml:8 msgid "drakxservices.png" msgstr "" @@ -4918,9 +4945,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakxservices.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/harddrake2.xml:10 @@ -4932,7 +4959,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "harddrake2" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/harddrake2.xml:17 msgid "harddrake2.png" msgstr "" @@ -4940,9 +4968,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:22 @@ -4983,8 +5011,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:43 msgid "" -"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are " -"available at the bottom of the right column:" +"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are" +" available at the bottom of the right column:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -5042,7 +5070,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "keyboarddrake" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12 msgid "keyboarddrake.png" msgstr "" @@ -5050,9 +5079,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19 @@ -5072,9 +5101,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31 msgid "" -"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed " -"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each " -"layout should be used for." +"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed" +" in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity " +"each layout should be used for." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -5099,7 +5128,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "localedrake" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/localedrake.xml:18 msgid "localedrake.png" msgstr "" @@ -5107,9 +5137,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 @@ -5180,7 +5210,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "logdrake" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/logdrake.xml:10 msgid "logdrake.png" msgstr "" @@ -5188,16 +5219,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " -"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</" -"guilabel>\"." +"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system " +"logs</guilabel>\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -5208,26 +5239,26 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:24 msgid "" -"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do " -"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s) to search in " -"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to " -"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month " -"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>" -"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the " -"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is " -"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." +"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to " +"<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)" +" to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is" +" possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of " +"the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected " +"day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> " +"button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the " +"file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by " +"clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:36 msgid "" -"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia " -"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs are " -"updated each time a configuration is modified." +"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia" +" configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs " +"are updated each time a configuration is modified." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -5246,11 +5277,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:49 msgid "" -"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</" -"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure " -"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running " -"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. " -"(See screenshot above)." +"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail " +"Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> " +"Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the " +"running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to " +"look watch. (See screenshot above)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -5298,7 +5329,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/logdrake.xml:91 msgid "logdrake1.png" msgstr "" @@ -5307,8 +5339,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/logdrake.xml:97 msgid "" "In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider " -"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows " -"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " +"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows" +" the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " "out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value " "to 3 times the number of processors." msgstr "" @@ -5334,9 +5366,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14 @@ -5349,9 +5381,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in " -"advance." +"can write this help, please contact <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the " +"Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in advance." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -5367,9 +5399,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:10 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:9 @@ -5382,12 +5414,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:14 msgid "" -"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, " -"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " +"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB," +" PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " "packages to work." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:20 msgid "lspcidrake1.png" msgstr "" @@ -5437,7 +5470,8 @@ msgid "" "lspcidrake and the -i option for grep." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:46 msgid "lspcidrake2.png" msgstr "" @@ -5459,7 +5493,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10 msgid "MageiaUpdate.png" msgstr "" @@ -5467,17 +5502,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</" -"emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-" +"update</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> sau <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</" -"emphasis>" +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " +"management.</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> @@ -5492,20 +5527,21 @@ msgstr "" #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23 msgid "" "As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists " -"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by " -"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " +"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by" +" default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " "<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28 msgid "" -"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of " -"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " +"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of" +" the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " "means you can click to drop down a text." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21 msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png" msgstr "" @@ -5514,8 +5550,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33 msgid "" "When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by " -"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" -"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." +"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> " +". Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -5523,7 +5559,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Boot" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:10 msgid "mcc-boot.png" msgstr "" @@ -5560,7 +5597,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hardware" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9 msgid "mcc-hardware.png" msgstr "" @@ -5577,14 +5615,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Manage your hardware" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</" -"emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure " +"hardware</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" msgstr "" @@ -5594,14 +5634,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure graphics" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</" -"emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop " +"effects</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41 msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" msgstr "" @@ -5611,12 +5653,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50 msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54 msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" msgstr "" @@ -5626,14 +5670,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure printing and scanning" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), " -"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s)," +" the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68 msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" msgstr "" @@ -5643,7 +5689,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Others" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" msgstr "" @@ -5665,7 +5712,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:8 msgid "" -"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools." +"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related " +"tools." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -5694,7 +5742,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Local disks" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11 msgid "mcc-localdisks.png" msgstr "" @@ -5726,7 +5775,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Network Services" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9 msgid "mcc-networkservices.png" msgstr "" @@ -5734,8 +5784,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15 msgid "" -"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if " -"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " +"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if" +" the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " "between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or " "on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more." msgstr "" @@ -5770,7 +5820,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Network Sharing" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9 msgid "mcc-networksharing.png" msgstr "" @@ -5787,12 +5838,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and " @@ -5804,12 +5857,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure NFS shares" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" msgstr "" @@ -5819,7 +5874,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure WebDAV shares" msgstr "Configurare partaje WebDAV" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" msgstr "" @@ -5829,7 +5885,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Network and Internet" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-network.xml:8 msgid "mcc-network.png" msgstr "" @@ -5837,8 +5894,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:12 msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link " -"below to learn more." +"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link" +" below to learn more." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> @@ -5846,17 +5903,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Manage your network devices" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:21 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:25 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:29 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" msgstr "" @@ -5866,27 +5926,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Personalize and Secure your network" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:39 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:43 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:47 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:51 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:61 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" msgstr "" @@ -5896,7 +5961,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Security" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-security.xml:10 msgid "mcc-security.png" msgstr "" @@ -5940,7 +6006,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sharing" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9 msgid "mcc-sharing.png" msgstr "" @@ -5949,8 +6016,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15 msgid "" "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only " -"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can " -"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " +"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can" +" choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " "below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more." msgstr "" @@ -5969,7 +6036,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "System" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-system.xml:9 msgid "mcc-system.png" msgstr "" @@ -5986,17 +6054,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Manage system services" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:20 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:24 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:28 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" msgstr "" @@ -6006,12 +6077,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Localization" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:37 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:41 msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" msgstr "" @@ -6021,29 +6094,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Administration tools" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:50 msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:54 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:58 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</" -"emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on " +"system</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:62 msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:66 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" msgstr "" @@ -6057,24 +6135,24 @@ msgstr "" #: en/MCC.xml:6 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC.xml:9 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC.xml:11 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " +"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -6087,7 +6165,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "mgaapplet-config" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10 msgid "mgaapplet-config.png" msgstr "" @@ -6095,18 +6174,18 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</" -"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates " -"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject" -"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " +"management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / " +"Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -6114,7 +6193,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for " "updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check. The " -"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out." +"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is " +"out." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -6127,7 +6207,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "mousedrake" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mousedrake.xml:11 msgid "mousedrake.png" msgstr "" @@ -6135,9 +6216,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 @@ -6149,8 +6230,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:20 msgid "" -"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by " -"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." +"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by" +" Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -6172,7 +6253,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "msecgui" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:8 msgid "msecgui.png" msgstr "" @@ -6180,9 +6262,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4 @@ -6193,8 +6275,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7 msgid "" "There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia " -"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the " -"next pages." +"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the" +" next pages." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -6232,7 +6314,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "rpmdrake" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:11 msgid "rpmdrake.png" msgstr "" @@ -6245,9 +6328,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:20 @@ -6261,15 +6344,15 @@ msgid "" "certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by " "default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed " "packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries " -"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names " -"included in the packages." +"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names" +" included in the packages." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:35 msgid "" -"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend=" -"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." +"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend" +"=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -6277,7 +6360,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The main parts of the screen" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:44 msgid "rpmdrake1.png" msgstr "" @@ -6293,24 +6377,24 @@ msgid "" "This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first " "time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical " "interface. You can display either all the packages and all their " -"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, " -"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." +"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only," +" updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:61 msgid "" "The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who " -"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading " -"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge " -"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." +"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading" +" this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge" +" of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:70 msgid "" -"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </" -"firstterm>" +"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> " +"</firstterm>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -6367,8 +6451,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:104 msgid "" -"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and " -"sub categories." +"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and" +" sub categories." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -6380,8 +6464,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/rpmdrake.xml:111 msgid "" "This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete " -"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It " -"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " +"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It" +" can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " "package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer." msgstr "" @@ -6398,66 +6482,78 @@ msgid "" "list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium " "is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is " "installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or " -"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</" -"guibutton>." +"uncheck the box before the package name and click on " +"<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:139 msgid "Icon" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:141 msgid "Legend" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:149 msgid "rpmdrake2.png" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:153 msgid "This package is already installed" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:159 msgid "rpmdrake3.png" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:163 msgid "This package will be installed" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:169 msgid "rpmdrake4.png" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:173 msgid "This package cannot be modified" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:179 msgid "rpmdrake5.png" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 msgid "This package is an update" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:189 msgid "rpmdrake6.png" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:193 msgid "This package will be uninstalled" msgstr "" @@ -6493,7 +6589,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The dependencies" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:224 msgid "rpmdrake7.png" msgstr "" @@ -6501,14 +6598,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:229 msgid "" -"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They " -"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " +"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They" +" are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " "information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected " "dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It " "may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed " "library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a " -"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to " -"install." +"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to" +" install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -6531,7 +6628,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " "<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:21 @@ -6567,7 +6664,8 @@ msgid "" "gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:44 msgid "scannerdrake.png" msgstr "" @@ -6584,8 +6682,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/scannerdrake.xml:55 msgid "" "In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner " -"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend=" -"\"scannersharing\"/>." +"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref " +"linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -6600,11 +6698,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:64 msgid "" -"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the " -"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" +"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the" +" list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:69 msgid "scannerdrake2.png" msgstr "" @@ -6612,17 +6711,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:76 msgid "" -"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</" -"emphasis>" +"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click " +"<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:79 msgid "" -"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href=" -"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported " -"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums." -"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link " +"xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: " +"Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link " +"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> @@ -6630,24 +6729,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose port" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:91 msgid "scannerdrake3.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:86 -msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" +msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:97 msgid "" -"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</" -"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, " -"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." +"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available " +"ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that" +" case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -6660,11 +6758,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:104 msgid "" -"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend=" -"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." +"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref " +"linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:108 msgid "scannerdrake4.png" msgstr "" @@ -6674,7 +6773,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Scannersharing" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:122 msgid "scannerdrake5.png" msgstr "" @@ -6682,8 +6782,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:128 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be " -"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " +"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be" +" accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " "decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on " "this machine." msgstr "" @@ -6703,7 +6803,8 @@ msgid "" "from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:143 msgid "scannerdrake6.png" msgstr "" @@ -6713,7 +6814,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:153 msgid "scannerdrake7.png" msgstr "" @@ -6725,7 +6827,8 @@ msgid "" "machines." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:164 msgid "scannerdrake8.png" msgstr "" @@ -6735,7 +6838,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:175 msgid "scannerdrake9.png" msgstr "" @@ -6772,8 +6876,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:193 msgid "" -"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</" -"emphasis> to be started on boot." +"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and " +"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -6791,8 +6895,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> " "(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow " -"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</" -"emphasis>." +"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device " +"Manager</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -6803,13 +6907,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:216 msgid "" -"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/" -"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must " -"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then " -"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the " -"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict " -"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be " -"ignored." +"Drivers are available from <link " +"xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this" +" page</link>. When indicated, you must install the <emphasis>iscan-" +"data</emphasis> package first, then <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this " +"order). It is possible that the <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will " +"generate a warning about a conflict with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users " +"have reported that this warning can be ignored." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -6845,16 +6949,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:246 msgid "" -"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/" -"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" +"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the " +"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:250 msgid "" "Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know " -"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://" -"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link " +"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> @@ -6862,7 +6966,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Software Management" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/software-management.xml:10 msgid "software-management.png" msgstr "" @@ -6870,8 +6975,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/software-management.xml:14 msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. " -"Click on a link below to learn more." +"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management." +" Click on a link below to learn more." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -6882,8 +6987,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:20 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</" -"emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your " +"system</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -6908,7 +7013,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "system-config-printer" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:16 msgid "system-config-printer.png" msgstr "" @@ -6936,15 +7042,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-" "config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. Se va cere parola de root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:34 msgid "" "Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> " "section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure " -"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/" -">." +"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " +"id=\"0\"/>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -6988,11 +7094,11 @@ msgstr "" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:63 msgid "" "This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the " -"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next" -"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " +"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click " +"\"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " "automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known " -"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the " -"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" +"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the" +" next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -7000,7 +7106,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "No automatically detected printer" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:76 msgid "printer3.png" msgstr "" @@ -7008,8 +7115,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:80 msgid "" -"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window " -"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " +"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window" +" to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " "options." msgstr "" @@ -7063,17 +7170,17 @@ msgstr "" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:123 msgid "" "Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or " -"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to " -"another workstation that serves as printserver." +"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to" +" another workstation that serves as printserver." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:128 msgid "" -"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed " -"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same " -"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed " -"one." +"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed" +" IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the " +"same as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a " +"fixed one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -7081,8 +7188,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or " "printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a " -"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label " -"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " +"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label" +" on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " "Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it " "as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters " "after \"HWaddr\"." @@ -7091,9 +7198,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:142 msgid "" -"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to " -"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, " -"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " +"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to" +" your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose," +" you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " "Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu " "and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it " "says \"host\"." @@ -7110,8 +7217,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:154 msgid "" -"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find " -"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." +"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find" +" which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -7128,9 +7235,9 @@ msgid "" "known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers " "which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-" "address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can " -"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/" -"net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is " -"not required." +"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like " +"<emphasis>hp:/net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed " +"IP-adress is not required." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -7139,11 +7246,12 @@ msgid "" "Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the " "protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change " "the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be " -"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is " -"the same as above." +"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is" +" the same as above." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:180 msgid "printer5.png" msgstr "" @@ -7173,8 +7281,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:205 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but " -"with TLS secured protocol." +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but" +" with TLS secured protocol." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -7237,8 +7345,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:251 msgid "" -"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups." -"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>" +"Additional information can be found in the <link " +"ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS" +" documentation.</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -7250,11 +7359,12 @@ msgstr "" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:258 msgid "" "You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to " -"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your " -"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</" -"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which " -"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, " -"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" +"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your" +" system, but you can specify a different one with the " +"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, " +"another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters" +" of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | " +"<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -7272,23 +7382,23 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:273 msgid "" -"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</" -"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." +"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the " +"<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:280 msgid "" "It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in " -"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:" -"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check " -"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is " -"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo " -"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the " -"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool " -"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works " -"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date " -"drivers or for more recent devices." +"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link " +"ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to " +"check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package" +" is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, " +"redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report" +" the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this " +"tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer " +"works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-" +"date drivers or for more recent devices." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -7299,9 +7409,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:294 msgid "" -"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/" -"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by " -"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." +"<link " +"ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">This" +" page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver " +"for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -7313,8 +7424,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:301 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</" -"emphasis>" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one " +"devices</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -7322,9 +7433,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the " "detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</" -"link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</" -"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" +"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" +"web/index.html\">here</link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available " +"in the <guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link " +"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" "web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management " "of the printer." msgstr "" @@ -7349,9 +7461,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:321 msgid "" -"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://" -"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL " -"protocol." +"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link " +"ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> " +"for the QPDL protocol." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -7362,12 +7474,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:326 msgid "" -"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://" -"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</" -"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package " -"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be " -"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages " -"according to your architecture." +"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link " +"ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this" +" search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-" +"data\" package first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package" +" can also be available and is to install. Choose the " +"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -7399,7 +7511,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "transfugdrake" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:17 msgid "transfugdrake.png" msgstr "" @@ -7407,9 +7520,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:21 @@ -7424,9 +7537,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings " "from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered" -"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same " -"computer as the Mageia installation." +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> " +"installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -7456,11 +7569,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to " "choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and " -"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account " -"than yours own." +"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account" +" than yours own." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:51 msgid "transfugdrake1.png" msgstr "" @@ -7469,9 +7583,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/transfugdrake.xml:56 msgid "" "Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of " -"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" -"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed " -"incorrectly." +"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> user account names with special " +"symbols can be displayed incorrectly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -7485,20 +7599,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications " "(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For " -"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" -"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not " -"use such accounts for the import purposes." +"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>are updated using " +"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the " +"import purposes." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:74 msgid "" -"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import " -"documents:" +"When you finished with the accounts selection press " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method" +" to import documents:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:80 msgid "transfugdrake2.png" msgstr "" @@ -7506,21 +7622,23 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:84 msgid "" -"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" -"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</" -"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to " -"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window." +"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My " +"Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My " +"Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the " +"appropriate item in this window." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:89 msgid "" "When you finished with the document import method choosing press " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method " -"to import bookmarks:" +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method" +" to import bookmarks:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:95 msgid "transfugdrake3.png" msgstr "" @@ -7536,8 +7654,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:103 msgid "" -"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " -"button." +"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>" +" button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -7545,7 +7663,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:116 msgid "transfugdrake4.png" msgstr "" @@ -7553,7 +7672,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:120 msgid "" -"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button." +"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " +"button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -7563,7 +7683,8 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:128 msgid "transfugdrake5.png" msgstr "" @@ -7578,7 +7699,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "userdrake" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:18 msgid "userdrake.png" msgstr "" @@ -7586,9 +7708,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:22 @@ -7602,15 +7724,15 @@ msgstr "" #: en/userdrake.xml:27 msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this " -"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings " -"(ID, shell, ...)" +"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings" +" (ID, shell, ...)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:31 msgid "" -"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in " -"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " +"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in" +" the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " "<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way." msgstr "" @@ -7624,7 +7746,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:41 msgid "userdrake1.png" msgstr "" @@ -7645,18 +7768,18 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:52 msgid "" -"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. " -"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " -"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower " -"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " +"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended." +" There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " +"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower" +" and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " "orange and then green as the password strength improves." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:59 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure " -"you entered what you intended to." +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure" +" you entered what you intended to." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -7711,7 +7834,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:87 msgid "userdrake2.png" msgstr "" @@ -7744,7 +7868,8 @@ msgid "" "password periodically." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:106 msgid "userdrake3.png" msgstr "" @@ -7790,10 +7915,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:128 msgid "" -"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</" -"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home " -"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been " -"created for the user, it will be deleted as well." +"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears " +"to ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private " +"group has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -7809,8 +7934,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:138 msgid "" -"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to " -"refresh the display." +"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to" +" refresh the display." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -7824,8 +7949,8 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is " "intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total " "security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to " -"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories " -"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " +"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories" +" are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " "to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest " "account</guimenu>." msgstr "" @@ -7840,7 +7965,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "XFdrake" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/XFdrake.xml:10 msgid "XFdrake.png" msgstr "" @@ -7848,18 +7974,18 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</" -"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the " -"capital letters." -msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " +"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> " +"as root. Mind the capital letters." +msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> ca utilizator obișnuit sau <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> ca root. Țineți cont de majuscule." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the " -"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" -"\"0\"/>" +"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" " +"id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -7922,8 +8048,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/XFdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and " -"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor " -"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " +"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor" +" isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " "<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features." msgstr "" @@ -7939,7 +8065,8 @@ msgid "" "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/XFdrake.xml:61 msgid "XFdrake1.png" msgstr "" @@ -7954,8 +8081,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:66 msgid "" -"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another " -"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " +"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another" +" one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " "and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to " "set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or " "select an uncomfortable setting." @@ -7964,8 +8091,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:72 msgid "" -"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for " -"another one." +"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for" +" another one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> @@ -7992,16 +8119,16 @@ msgstr "" #: en/XFdrake.xml:90 msgid "" "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a " -"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use " -"XFdrake's text version." +"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use" +" XFdrake's text version." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:93 msgid "" -"</note>If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't " -"want to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything " -"is right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>." +"</note>If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't" +" want to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything" +" is right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> @@ -8028,16 +8155,16 @@ msgstr "" #: en/XFdrake.xml:107 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, " -"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</" -"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be " -"unchecked for a server." +"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon " +"booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it " +"may be unchecked for a server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:112 msgid "" -"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask " -"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " +"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask" +" you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect " "and reconnect to activate the new configuration." msgstr "" |